WO2021097858A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021097858A1
WO2021097858A1 PCT/CN2019/120440 CN2019120440W WO2021097858A1 WO 2021097858 A1 WO2021097858 A1 WO 2021097858A1 CN 2019120440 W CN2019120440 W CN 2019120440W WO 2021097858 A1 WO2021097858 A1 WO 2021097858A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access network
network device
terminal device
radio access
drb
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/120440
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
罗海燕
曾清海
戴明增
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201980102426.9A priority Critical patent/CN114731723A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2019/120440 priority patent/WO2021097858A1/en
Publication of WO2021097858A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021097858A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L9/00Cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communications; Network security protocols
    • H04L9/40Network security protocols
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • PDU packet data unit
  • UE user equipment
  • DN data network
  • a terminal when data is transmitted between terminals, a terminal first forwards the user plane data to the radio access network device through the air interface, and the radio access network device then forwards the user plane data to the user plane function (UPF), UPF then forwards the data to the data network unit (DN), DN then forwards the data to UPF, and UPF then forwards the data to the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device finally forwards the data to another through the air interface
  • UPF user plane function
  • DN data network unit
  • the present application provides a communication method and device to solve the problem of redundancy in the transmission process when user plane data is transmitted between terminals.
  • the present application provides a communication method for realizing the establishment of DRB.
  • the method includes: a radio access network device receives an establishment request message from a terminal device, the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB, wherein the establishment request message includes a parameter for establishing the DRB, and the radio access network device according to the parameter Determine the QoS parameters of DRB. Then the radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
  • the terminals on both sides of the communication can establish DRB with the connected radio access network device according to the above method, so as to realize the user plane data at the access network.
  • the data is forwarded directly.
  • the base station, and the base station sends data to the receiving terminal, which can reduce the time delay of data transmission, reduce the load and resource overhead of the core network, and reduce data transmission redundancy.
  • the wireless access network device before the wireless access network device receives the first message from the terminal device, the wireless access network device also sends a message to the terminal device.
  • the message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to support data direct Forward.
  • the terminal device sends the establishment request message requesting the establishment of the DRB to the radio access network device. In order to realize that the user plane data can be directly forwarded at the device supporting the wireless access network.
  • the radio access network device may obtain the QoS parameter corresponding to the parameter used to determine the DRB from the core network device in advance.
  • the parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the base station obtains the QoS parameters corresponding to the network slice identifier or the UE group identifier from the core network device in advance, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
  • this application provides a communication method, including: a terminal device sends an establishment request message to a radio access network device, the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB, and the establishment request message includes parameters for establishing the DRB , The radio access network device determines the QoS parameter of the DRB according to the parameter. Then the radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
  • the terminals on both sides of the communication can establish DRB with the connected radio access network device according to the above method. , So as to facilitate the direct forwarding of user plane data at the access network.
  • the terminal device may receive a message from the radio access network device in advance, and the message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  • the message may be an RRC message or a broadcast message.
  • the radio access network device that supports direct data forwarding sends its own area ID (area ID) to the core network device in advance, and then the core network device sends the area ID of the radio access network device to the terminal device through a NAS message. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the wireless access network device supports direct data forwarding according to the area ID broadcast by the wireless access network device.
  • the terminal device may obtain the correspondence between the QoS parameter and the parameter used to determine the DRB from the core network device in advance.
  • the parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the core network device informs the terminal device of the mapping relationship between QoS index information and QoS parameters in advance through a NAS message, and the terminal device determines the corresponding QoS index information according to the QoS parameters corresponding to the service, and carries the QoS index in the establishment request message Information so that the base station can determine the QoS parameters corresponding to the QoS index information, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which is used to realize the transmission of user plane data between terminals.
  • the method is applied to a communication system including a wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device and the second terminal device both access the wireless access network device.
  • the method includes: a wireless access network device receives user plane data sent by a first terminal device through a first DRB, where the user plane data is sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the user plane data includes the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and then directly forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • the radio access network device can forward the user plane data sent by the first terminal on the first DRB to the second DRB, and send the user plane data to the second terminal in the second DRB, so as to achieve The data at the access network is forwarded directly.
  • the radio access network device can forward the user plane data sent by the first terminal on the first DRB to the second DRB, and send the user plane data to the second terminal in the second DRB, so as to achieve The data at the access network is forwarded directly.
  • the radio access network device can forward the user plane data sent by the first terminal on the first DRB to the second DRB, and send the user plane data to the second terminal in the second DRB, so as to achieve The data at the access network is forwarded directly.
  • the first terminal can send the data to the wireless access network device, and then the wireless access network device forwards it to the second
  • the embodiment of the present application can reduce the number of hops in the data transmission process, thereby reducing the time delay of data transmission, reducing the load and resource overhead of the core network, and reducing data transmission redundancy.
  • the radio access network device may send the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the core The network device sends a third message, which may be an RRC message or a broadcast message, and the third message is used to indicate that user plane data can be directly forwarded at the radio access network device.
  • the radio access network device can establish a direct data forwarding channel, that is, a DRB, so that the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be improved, and the accuracy of direct data forwarding at the access network can be improved.
  • the user plane data further includes parameters for determining the second DRB; the radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identification and parameters of the terminal.
  • the parameters used to determine the second DRB include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, a flow identifier QFI of a quality of service data stream, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the base station determines the DRB corresponding to the network slice ID or the UE group ID, so that the base station can transmit user plane data on the second DRB, which can improve the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel, and thus can improve the directness of data at the access network. The accuracy of forwarding.
  • the radio access network device before sending the user plane data to the second terminal device, deletes the identifier of the second terminal device in the user plane data, or deletes the identifier and parameters of the second terminal device , And then send the processed user plane data to the second terminal device, which can save air interface overhead.
  • the first terminal device before the wireless access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, the first terminal device sends the establishment request message for requesting the establishment of the first DRB to the wireless access device After determining the first DRB and the first QoS parameter, the radio access network device further sends a first establishment response message to the first terminal device, where the first establishment response message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established.
  • the second terminal device also sends an establishment request message for requesting the establishment of the second DRB to the wireless access device. After determining the second DRB and the second QoS parameters, the wireless access network device also sends the first terminal device to the first terminal device. 2. An establishment response message, where the second establishment response message is used to indicate that the second DRB is successfully established.
  • the wireless access network device may obtain the parameters used to determine the DRB from the core network device in advance. Corresponding QoS parameters.
  • the parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the base station obtains the QoS parameters corresponding to the network slice identifier or the UE group identifier from the core network device in advance, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
  • the terminals on both sides of the communication can establish DRB with the connected radio access network device according to the above method, so as to realize the user plane data at the access network.
  • the data is forwarded directly.
  • the base station, and the base station sends data to the receiving terminal, which can reduce the time delay of data transmission, reduce the load and resource overhead of the core network, and reduce data transmission redundancy.
  • the NAS layer of the terminal device triggers the RRC layer to send an establishment request message to the radio access network device.
  • the establishment request message may be an RRC message, and the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB.
  • the RRC layer of the first terminal device and the RRC layer of the second terminal device may both send the RRC message requesting the establishment of the DRB to the radio access network device.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which is used to realize the transmission of user plane data between terminals.
  • the method is applied to a communication system including a first wireless access network device, a second wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device accesses the first wireless access network Device, the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
  • the method includes: a first radio access network device receives user plane data sent by a first terminal device through a first DRB, the user plane data is sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, and the user plane data includes the second terminal device.
  • the identification of the terminal device According to the identifier, the first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is connected to the second wireless access network device. Therefore, the first wireless access network device sends the user plane data to the second wireless access network device.
  • the data when user plane data is transmitted between terminals under different radio access network devices, the data can be directly transmitted between the two radio access network devices without being forwarded by the core network device, thereby reducing data transmission. Hop count and delay, reduce core network resources and signaling overhead.
  • the first radio access network device before the first radio access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, the first radio access network device needs to establish the first DRB in advance. Specifically, the first radio access network device receives a request message sent by the first terminal device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of the first DRB; the first radio access network device sends a request response to the first terminal device Message, the request response message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established, where the first DRB corresponds to the first QoS parameter.
  • the NAS layer of the terminal device triggers the RRC layer to send an establishment request message to the radio access network device.
  • the establishment request message may be an RRC message, and the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB.
  • the RRC layer of the first terminal device may send the RRC message requesting the establishment of the DRB to the radio access network device.
  • the first wireless access network device may send a message to the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the device and the core network device send a first message.
  • the first message may be an RRC message or a broadcast message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the user plane data can be directly connected to the data at the first radio access network device.
  • the first radio access network device can establish a direct data forwarding channel, that is, a DRB, so that the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be improved, and the accuracy of direct data forwarding at the access network can be improved.
  • the first radio access network device may delete the identifier or parameter in the user plane data before sending it To the second radio access network device, for example, the base station deletes the network slice identifier and the identifier of the second terminal device included in the user plane data, and then sends the deleted user plane data to the second terminal device. This can save air interface overhead.
  • the first radio access network device when the first radio access network device sends user plane data to the second radio access network device through the user plane GPRS tunnel protocol, the first radio access network device is in the GTP-U message
  • the header carries the identifier of the second terminal device (for example, IP address, UE group ID, slice ID, or QFI information), so that the second radio access network device can route to the second terminal device according to the information carried in the header of the GTP-U message Terminal equipment, at the same time to achieve the purpose of saving air interface overhead.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which is used to realize the transmission of user plane data between terminals.
  • the method is applied to a communication system including a first wireless access network device, a second wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device accesses the first wireless access network Device, the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
  • the method includes: a second radio access network device receives user plane data from a first radio access network device, the user plane data is data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, and the user plane data includes the second terminal The identification of the device; the second radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identification of the second terminal device, and then the second radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • the data when user plane data is transmitted between terminals under different radio access network devices, the data can be directly transmitted between the two radio access network devices without being forwarded by the core network device, thereby reducing data transmission. Hop count and delay, reduce core network resources and signaling overhead.
  • the user plane data further includes parameters used to determine the second DRB; the second radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identification and parameters of the terminal.
  • the parameters used to determine the second DRB include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, a flow identifier QFI of a quality of service data stream, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the base station determines the DRB corresponding to the network slice ID or the UE group ID, so that the base station can transmit user plane data on the second DRB, which can improve the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel, and thus can improve the directness of data at the access network. The accuracy of forwarding.
  • the second wireless access network device may report to the first terminal device and the second terminal device, And the core network device sends a first message, which may be an RRC message or a broadcast message, and the first message is used to indicate that user plane data can be directly forwarded at the first radio access network device.
  • the first radio access network device can establish a direct data forwarding channel, that is, a DRB, so that the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be improved, and the accuracy of direct data forwarding at the access network can be improved.
  • the second radio access network device may obtain the QoS parameter corresponding to the parameter used to determine the second DRB from the core network device in advance.
  • the parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the base station obtains the QoS parameters corresponding to the network slice identifier or the UE group identifier from the core network device in advance, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which is used to realize the transmission of user plane data between terminals.
  • the method can be applied to a communication system including a wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device and the second terminal device both access the wireless access network device.
  • the method includes: the wireless access network device sends a notification message to the core network device, where the notification message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to support direct data forwarding.
  • the core network device determines that the user plane data of the first terminal device can be forwarded to the second terminal device at the wireless access network device, the core network device sends instruction information to the wireless access network device, and the instruction information is used to indicate the first terminal device.
  • the first PDU session of the terminal device and the second PDU session of the second terminal device can directly forward data at the radio access network device.
  • the first terminal device is connected to Enter the first wireless access network device, and the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
  • the radio access network device in the foregoing method may be the first radio access network device or the second radio access network device.
  • the core network device may determine that the wireless access network device supports direct data forwarding according to the notification message sent by the wireless access network device.
  • the core network device instructs the wireless access network device to establish the data directly for the first PDU session of the first terminal and the second PDU session of the second terminal.
  • a forwarding channel so that the radio access network device can forward the user plane data sent by the first terminal on the resources of the first PDU session to the resources of the second PDU session on the direct data forwarding channel, and send it to the resources of the second PDU session.
  • the user plane data is sent to the second terminal on the resources of the session, so that the data at the access network can be directly forwarded.
  • the embodiment of the present application can reduce the number of hops in the data transmission process, thereby reducing the time delay of data transmission, reducing the load and resource overhead of the core network, and reducing data transmission redundancy.
  • the core network device sends the mapping relationship between the QoS index information and the QoS parameter to the terminal device through the NAS message, which helps the terminal device to carry the QoS parameter when initiating the PDU session, and solves the problem of the core network device. There may not be the above mapping relationship.
  • the second terminal device may be a terminal device group, that is, the first terminal device sends user plane data to the terminal device group, so that when the first terminal device initiates a PDU session, the PDU session is established
  • the request may include the group identification of the terminal group.
  • the wireless access network device After the wireless access network device receives the PDU session establishment instruction including the terminal group identifier sent by the core network device, the wireless access network device broadcasts the multicast channel configuration parameters corresponding to the terminal group identifier. After the wireless access network devices receive the user plane data, they perform multicasting in the multicast channel.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a mechanism for triggering a radio access network device to perform multicast.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, or a chip or chipset in the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a wireless access network device, a core network device, or a terminal device.
  • the device may include a processing unit and a transceiving unit.
  • the processing unit may be a processor or a communication interface; the device may also include a storage unit, and the storage unit may be a memory; the storage unit is used to store instructions, and the processing unit executes all instructions of the storage unit.
  • the processing unit can be a processor, and the transceiver unit can be an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.; the processing unit executes the instructions stored in the storage unit to Make the radio access network device perform the corresponding function in the first aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, or make the core network device perform the corresponding function in the second or sixth aspect described above, or make the terminal device perform the first aspect described above.
  • the storage unit may be a storage unit (for example, a register, a cache, etc.) in the chip or a chipset, or may be a storage unit in the communication device A storage unit (for example, read-only memory, random access memory, etc.) located outside the chip or chipset.
  • a storage unit for example, a register, a cache, etc.
  • a storage unit for example, read-only memory, random access memory, etc. located outside the chip or chipset.
  • this application provides a wireless access network device, including a processor, a communication interface, and a memory.
  • the communication interface is used to transmit information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices.
  • the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to the first aspect or any one of the first aspects. Or the method of any one of the above third aspect or the third aspect, or the method of any one of the above fourth aspect or the fourth aspect, or the method of any one of the above fifth or fifth aspects .
  • this application provides a core network device, including a processor, a communication interface, and a memory.
  • the communication interface is used to transmit information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices.
  • the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to any one of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • this application provides a terminal device, including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the transceiver is used to transmit information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices.
  • the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to any one of the second aspect or the second aspect.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
  • this application also provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing any possible design of the first aspect, the first aspect, the second aspect, or the second aspect. Any possible design method of the aspect, any possible design method of the third aspect or the third aspect, any possible design method of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect, any possible design of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect The method of design, the sixth aspect, or any possible design method of the sixth aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a user plane data routing path of a radio access network device based on a centralized architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a connection relationship between an AMF/UPF and a radio access network device according to an embodiment of the application;
  • 4A is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network device divided into CU and DU according to an embodiment of the application;
  • 4B is a schematic diagram of a connection relationship between CU, DU, 5GC, and other wireless access network equipment provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • 5A is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network device divided into CU-CP, CU-UP, and DU according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network device divided into IAB node and IAB donor according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session establishment process and a data transmission process for UE1 to send user plane data to UE2 according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a user plane data routing path of a radio access network device based on the CU-CP, CU-UP, and DU architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B are schematic diagrams of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method for implementing DRB establishment according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a protocol stack of a terminal device and an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B are schematic diagrams of protocol stacks of another terminal device and access network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of another process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of another process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the embodiments of this application provide a communication method, which can be applied to a 5G (fifth generation mobile communication system) system, such as an access network using new radio access technology (New RAT); cloud wireless access Access to the network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) and other communication systems.
  • a 5G system can be a non-roaming scene or a roaming scene.
  • the 5G system can be used for a service-oriented architecture or an interface-based architecture, which is not specifically limited here. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to future communications (for example, 6G or other networks).
  • the architecture of the communication system to which the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applicable may include network opening function network elements, policy control function network elements, data management network elements, application function network elements, core network access and mobility management function network elements. , Session management function network element, terminal equipment, wireless access network equipment, user plane function network element and data network. Core network access and mobility management function network elements and terminal equipment can be connected through N1 interface, core network access and mobility management function network elements and wireless access network equipment can be connected through N2 interface, wireless access Network equipment and user plane function network elements can be connected through N3 interface, session management function network elements and user plane function network elements can be connected through N4 interface, user plane function network elements and data network can be connected through N6 interface , For example, as shown in Figure 2.
  • the network elements in the communication system may, but are not limited to, the network elements in the 5G architecture.
  • the terminal equipment which may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • the terminal device may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • the terminal devices may be: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile Internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminals in ), wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, or wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • MID mobile Internet devices
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented Augmented reality
  • Wireless terminals in wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminals in ), wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, or wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the wireless access network device may be an access network (access network, AN), which provides wireless access services to the terminal device.
  • the wireless access network device is a device that connects the terminal device to a wireless network in the communication system.
  • the radio access network device is a node in a radio access network, which may also be called a base station, or may also be called a radio access network (RAN) node (or device).
  • the radio access network device may be a 5G base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), or may also be a next generation evolved NodeB (ng-eNB).
  • the data network such as a data network (DN) may be the Internet, an IP Multi-media Service (IMS) network, a regional network (ie a local network, such as a mobile edge computing (mobile edge computing) computing, MEC) network) and so on.
  • the data network includes an application server, and the application server provides business services for the terminal device by performing data transmission with the terminal device.
  • IMS IP Multi-media Service
  • MEC mobile edge computing
  • the core network access and mobility management function network element can be used to manage the access control and mobility of the terminal device. In practical applications, it includes the long term evolution (LTE) network
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the mobility management function in the mobility management entity (MME) in the framework and the access management function is added, which can be specifically responsible for the registration of the terminal equipment, mobility management, tracking area update process, reachability detection, Session management function network element selection, mobile state transition management, etc.
  • the core network access and mobility management function network element may be an AMF (access and mobility management function) network element.
  • the core network access and mobility management function network elements may still be AMF network elements or have other names, which are not limited by this application.
  • the core network access and mobility management function network element is an AMF network element, the AMF may provide Namf service.
  • the user plane function network element can be used for packet routing and forwarding, supporting uplink classifiers to route service flows to instances of data networks, and supporting branch points to support multi-homed packet data unit (PDU) sessions , User plane quality of service (quality of service, QoS) processing, downlink data packet buffering, and downlink data notification triggering, etc.
  • PDU packet data unit
  • User plane quality of service quality of service, QoS
  • the user plane function network element may be a UPF (user plane function) network element.
  • future communications such as 6G
  • the user plane function network element may still be a UPF network element, or there may be other The name is not limited in this application.
  • the session management function network element can be used to be responsible for the session management of the terminal device (including the establishment, modification and release of the session), the selection and reselection of the user plane function network element, and the internet protocol of the terminal device. , IP) address allocation, QoS control, etc.
  • the session management function network element may be an SMF (session management function) network element.
  • SMF session management function
  • future communications such as 6G
  • the session management function network element may still be an SMF network element, or there may be other The name is not limited in this application.
  • the SMF can provide the Nsmf service.
  • the policy control function network element can be used to be responsible for policy control decision-making, to provide functions such as service data flow and application detection, gating control, QoS, and flow-based charging control.
  • the policy control function network element may be a PCF (policy control function) network element.
  • the policy control function network element may still be a PCF network element, or there may be other The name is not limited in this application.
  • the PCF network element may provide the Npcf service.
  • the main function of the application function network element is to interact with the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) core network to provide services to influence service flow routing, access network capability opening, policy control, etc.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • the application function network element may be an AF (application function) network element.
  • the application function network element may still be an AF network element or have other names.
  • the application is not limited.
  • the AF network element may provide Naf services.
  • the data management network element may be used to manage subscription data of the terminal device, registration information related to the terminal device, and the like.
  • the data management network element may be a unified data management network element (unified data management, UDM).
  • UDM unified data management network element
  • future communications such as 6G
  • the data management network element may still be a UDM network element, or Other names are not limited in this application.
  • the UDM network element may provide Nudm services.
  • the network open function network element can be used to enable 3GPP to safely provide network service capabilities to third-party AF (for example, Service Capability Server (SCS), Application Server (AS), etc.).
  • third-party AF for example, Service Capability Server (SCS), Application Server (AS), etc.
  • the network opening function network element may be NEF (network exposure function).
  • NEF network exposure function
  • future communications such as 6G
  • the network opening function network element may still be a NEF network element or have other names. This application is not limited.
  • the NEF can provide Nnef services to other network function network elements.
  • system architecture can also include other network elements, such as network slice selection function (NSSF), network function storage function (NF repository function, NRF), authentication server function network element (authentication server function, AUSF) Wait, I won't list them all here.
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • NF repository function NF repository function
  • NRF authentication server function network element
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • Each of the above network elements can also be called functional entities, which can be network elements implemented on dedicated hardware, software instances running on dedicated hardware, or instances of virtualized functions on an appropriate platform, for example, the above
  • the virtualization platform may be a cloud platform.
  • the interface between AMF/UPF and wireless access network equipment is NG port (NG-C/NG-U port), and different wireless access network equipment is connected through Xn port.
  • NG-C/NG-U port The interface between AMF/UPF and wireless access network equipment
  • Xn port The interface between AMF/UPF and wireless access network equipment
  • the radio access network device as a gNB or ng-eNB as an example, the connection relationship between the AMF/UPF and the radio access network device, as well as different AMF/UPF and the radio access network device may be as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the radio access network device in the embodiment of the present application may split the radio access network device into two parts according to the protocol stack function: a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) , Can also be called gNB-CU and gNB-DU respectively.
  • one radio access network device may include one CU and at least one DU, as shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the CU is connected to at least one DU and can be used to manage or control the at least one DU.
  • This structure can disassemble the protocol layer of the wireless access network equipment in the communication system, in which part of the protocol layer functions are implemented in the CU, and the remaining part or all of the protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU, and the CU centrally controls the DU.
  • the protocol layer of gNB includes the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, and the packet data aggregation protocol (packet data).
  • the convergence protocol (PDCP) layer the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control sublayer (media access control, MAC) layer, and the physical layer.
  • the CU may be used to implement the functions of the RRC layer, the SDAP layer, and the PDCP layer
  • the DU may be used to implement the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the protocol stack included in the CU and DU.
  • CU and DU can be connected by F1 interface
  • CU and other wireless access network equipment can be connected by Xn interface
  • CU and 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) can be connected by NG interface, as shown in Figure 4B.
  • the CU in the embodiment of the present application may be further divided into a control plane (CU-control plane, CU-CP) network element and at least one user plane (CU-user plane, CU-UP) network element.
  • CU-CP can be used for control plane management
  • CU-UP can be used for user plane data transmission.
  • the interface between CU-CP and CU-UP can be an E1 port.
  • the interface between CU-CP and DU can be F1-C, which is used for the transmission of control plane signaling.
  • the interface between CU-UP and DU can be F1-U, which is used for user plane data transmission.
  • CU-UP and CU-UP can be connected through the Xn-U port for user plane data transmission.
  • the structure of gNB may be as shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the connection relationship between the IAB node and the IAB donor (IABdonor), as well as the CN and the UE may be as shown in FIG. 5B.
  • the IAB node IAB node
  • the donor may also be called a donor node (donor node) or a donor base station (DgNB, Donor gNodeB).
  • the IAB node can be composed of an MT (mobile termination, mobile terminal) part and a DU (distributed unit, DU) part.
  • MT mobile termination, mobile terminal
  • DU distributed unit
  • the donor base station DgNB can be an access network element with complete base station functions, or it can be an access network element in the form of a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) separated form, the donor base station Connect to the core network (for example, connected to the 5G core network, 5GC) network element serving the UE, and provide the wireless backhaul function for the IAB node.
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • UE1 Before sending user plane data to UE2, UE1 sends a PDU session establishment request to gNB, where the PDU session establishment request is used to request establishment of PDU session 1 of UE1.
  • S602 The gNB forwards the PDU session establishment request sent by the UE1 to the AMF.
  • core network elements such as AMF, UPF, and DN allocate core network resources (for example, uplink user plane data channel address, etc.) for PDU session 1.
  • core network resources for example, uplink user plane data channel address, etc.
  • the AMF sends a PDU session establishment response to the gNB to notify the gNB core network element of the core network resources allocated for the PDU session 1.
  • the gNB allocates resources for PDU session 1, such as configuring service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation) for one or more data radio bearers (DRB) of PDU session 1.
  • service data adaptation service data adaptation protocol
  • SDAP Secure Digital
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • PHY Physical layer
  • the gNB sends relevant configuration parameters to UE1, and the relevant configuration parameters are parameters of resources allocated by the gNB for PDU session 1.
  • UE1 configures the corresponding DRB based on the received parameters, for example, configures SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer entities for each DRB.
  • the PDU session 1 from UE1 to DN is successfully established.
  • UE1 transmits the user plane data to be sent to UE2 on the resource of PDU session 1, the user plane data is sent to the gNB via the air interface, the gNB sends the user plane data to the UPF, and the UPF sends the data to the DN.
  • the DN parses out the destination node (UE2) of the user plane data. If the PDU session 2 for receiving the user plane data of the UE2 has not been established, step S609 is executed. Among them, UE2 can be in a connected state or in an idle state. Further, if the UE2 is in an idle state, before performing step S609, the core network device and the radio access network device may initiate paging in sequence, and the UE2 receives the paging and establishes an RRC connection with the gNB.
  • the DN triggers the AMF to establish the PDU session 2, allocates core network resources for the PDU session 2, and sends a PDU session establishment request to the gNB.
  • the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the PDU session 2.
  • the gNB After receiving the UE2PDU session establishment request from AMF, the gNB allocates resources for PDU session 2, such as configuring service data adaptation protocol for one or more data radio bearers (DRB) of PDU session 2.
  • SDAP Secure Digital Protocol
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • PHY Physical layer
  • the gNB sends relevant configuration parameters to UE2, and the relevant configuration parameters are parameters of resources allocated by the gNB for PDU session 2.
  • UE2 configures corresponding DRBs based on the received parameters, for example, configures SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer entities for each DRB.
  • the DN transmits the user plane data to be sent to UE2 on the resources of the PDU session 2.
  • the DN can parse out the destination node (UE2) of the user plane data, and route the user plane data to the UPF related to the UE2 on the resource of the PDU session 2 for receiving the user plane data of the UE2.
  • the UPF routes the user plane data from UE1 to the gNB according to the downlink user plane channel of the established PDU session 2, and the gNB then forwards it to UE2.
  • the process of establishing a PDU session is a process of configuring core network resources and access network resources for user plane data transmission.
  • the establishment of a PDU session involves multiple network elements from the UE to the DN.
  • UE1 first enters PDU session 1.
  • the user plane data is sent to the gNB on the resources of the PDU, and the gNB forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 1 to UPF.
  • UPF then forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 1 to the DN.
  • the DN then forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 1.
  • the data is forwarded to UPF on the resources of PDU session 2, and UPF then forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 2 to gNB, and gNB finally forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 2 to UE2, as shown in Figure 1. Show.
  • gNB-DU1 forwards the user plane data to gNB-CU or gNB-CU-UP
  • gNB-CU or gNB-CU-UP then forwards the user plane data to UPF on the resources of PDU session 1
  • UPF then forwards the user plane The data is forwarded to the DN on the resources of PDU session 1.
  • the DN then forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 2 to UPF, and UPF forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 2 to gNB-CU or gNB-CU-UP, gNB-CU or gNB-CU- UP forwards the data to gNB-DU2, and gNB-DU2 finally forwards the user plane data to UE2 on the resources of PDU session 2, as shown in Figure 7.
  • the user data of the terminal needs to be sent to the DN and then forwarded back to the wireless access network by the DN.
  • the access network then sends the user plane data to the destination terminal, which increases the number of hops and delays in data transmission, increases the load and resource overhead of the core network, and has data transmission redundancy.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device to solve the problem of redundancy in the transmission process when two terminal devices perform user plane data transmission in the prior art, which causes a large transmission delay.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 8A is a communication system applicable to the embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 8A includes a core network device (5GC), a radio access network device (RAN), UE1 and UE2.
  • 5GC core network device
  • RAN radio access network device
  • UE1 and UE2 Assume that Node-X in the radio access network equipment supports direct data forwarding, that is, data is no longer sent to core network elements, DN, etc., but Node-X directly sends data from UE1 to UE2.
  • Node-X may refer to a base station (gNB), as shown in (a) in FIG. 8A.
  • gNB base station
  • Node-X may refer to DU, as shown in (b) in FIG. 8A.
  • Node-X can refer to the IAB node of the IAB architecture.
  • the radio access network device After the radio access network device receives the user plane data of UE1, it can forward the user plane data to UE2 at the radio access network device through the direct data forwarding channel. It can be seen that when UE1 When accessing the same radio access network device as UE2, the user plane data of UE1 can be forwarded without passing through core network elements, DN, etc., which can reduce the number of hops in data transmission, thereby reducing data transmission delay and data The redundancy of the transmission process can also reduce the load and resource overhead of the core network.
  • FIG. 8B is a communication system applicable to the embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 8B includes a core network device (5GC), a first wireless access network device, and a second wireless access network device. , UE1 and UE2.
  • 5GC core network device
  • UE1 and UE2 UE2 and UE2.
  • Node-X in the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device supports direct data forwarding, that is, the data is no longer sent to the core network element, DN, etc., but the data from UE1 is directly sent to UE2 .
  • Node-X may refer to base stations (gNB1 and gNB2), as shown in (a) in FIG. 8B.
  • the data of UE1 is sent to UE2 through gNB1 and gNB2, that is, UE1->gNB1->gNB2->UE2.
  • a user plane tunnel for data forwarding is pre-established between gNB1 and gNB2.
  • Node-X can refer to DU1 and DU2 shown in (b) in Figure 8B, or can refer to DU1 and DU2 in Figure 8B (c) DU1 and DU2 shown.
  • the data of UE1 passes through DU1, the common CU (or CU1->CU2), and then is forwarded to UE2 through DU2, namely UE1->DU1->CU->DU2->UE2.
  • the data of UE1 passes through DU1, CU1, CU2, and then forwards to UE2 through DU2, that is, UE1->DU1->CU1->CU2->DU2->UE2.
  • Node-X may also refer to IAB nodes of the IAB architecture
  • Node-X may refer to IAB node1 and IAB node2 shown in (d) in FIG. 8B, or may refer to (e ) Shows IAB node1 and IAB node2.
  • the data of UE1 passes through IAB node1, IABdonor, and then forwards to UE2 through IAB node2, that is, UE1->IAB node1->IAB Dornor->IAB node2->UE2.
  • the data of UE1 passes through IAB node1, IAB donor1, IAB donor2, and then forwards to UE2 through IAB node2, namely UE1->IAB node1->IAB Dornor1->IAB Dornor2->IAB node2 ->UE2.
  • FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B Some scenarios in the embodiments of this application are illustrated by taking the wireless communication networks shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B as examples. It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding names are also It can be replaced by the names of corresponding functions in other wireless communication networks.
  • FIG. 9 it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 901 The terminal device sends an establishment request message to the radio access network device.
  • the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB.
  • the establishment request message includes a first parameter for determining the DRB.
  • DRB is a dedicated DRB used for direct data forwarding.
  • the so-called dedicated DRB for direct data forwarding means that the sending-side terminal device sends user plane data to the wireless access network device through the DRB between the sending-side terminal device and the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device will communicate with the wireless access network device.
  • the DRB between the terminal devices on the receiving side sends the user plane data to the terminal device on the receiving side.
  • the terminal device may request the establishment of the DRB through an existing RRC message, or may use a newly defined RRC message to request the establishment of the DRB.
  • the terminal device may carry indication information used to indicate that the DRB is used for direct data forwarding in the establishment request message (for example, an uplink RRC message).
  • the RRC message may be a message generated by the RRC layer triggered by the non-access stratum (NAS) of the terminal device. That is, the NAS layer of the terminal device sends a first instruction to the lower layer, that is, the RRC layer, and the first instruction is used to notify the RRC layer to apply to the radio access network device to establish a DRB. After receiving the first instruction, the RRC layer generates an uplink RRC message, and sends the RRC message to the radio access network device.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the first parameter used to determine the DRB may include one or more of the following information: network slice ID (slice ID), UE group ID to which the UE belongs, quality of service (QoS) parameters, QoS index (quality of service index), QFI, indication information used to indicate that the DRB is used for direct data forwarding. Therefore, the radio access network device can determine the DRB corresponding to the first parameter.
  • network slice ID slice ID
  • UE group ID to which the UE belongs
  • QoS quality of service
  • QoS index quality of service index
  • QFI indication information used to indicate that the DRB is used for direct data forwarding. Therefore, the radio access network device can determine the DRB corresponding to the first parameter.
  • the core network device may notify the terminal device of the mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the QoS index, or the mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the QFI in advance through a NAS message.
  • the core network device includes the foregoing mapping relationship in the registration acceptance message sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device uses the mapping relationship to determine the QoS index corresponding to the QoS parameters of the service, and reports the QoS index or QFI to the radio access network device in the establishment request message.
  • Step 902 The radio access network device determines a QoS parameter according to the first parameter used to determine the DRB, where the QoS parameter corresponds to the DRB.
  • the above method may further include step 904.
  • the core network device for example, AMF
  • the core network device may pre-determine the mapping relationship between QoS parameters and QoS index, or the mapping relationship between QoS parameters and QFI, It is notified to the wireless access network device through the interface between the AMF and the wireless access network device (for example, the NG interface).
  • the radio access network device can determine the corresponding QoS parameter according to the QoS index, so as to ensure the QoS requirements of terminal services during the data transmission process.
  • the above method may further include step 905: the wireless access device reports to the core network device that it supports direct data forwarding, or requests the core network device for the mapping relationship between QoS parameters and QoS index/QFI.
  • Step 903 The radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
  • the establishment response message may include DRB configuration information, for example, including one or more of the following information: DRB identification, logical channel identification, PDCP configuration information, SDAP configuration information, RLC configuration information, MAC configuration information, PHY configuration information Wait.
  • the terminal device may also determine that the wireless access network device supports data direct through any one or more of the following methods. Forwarding, that is, supporting the establishment of a dedicated DRB for direct data forwarding.
  • the radio access network device broadcasts whether it supports direct data forwarding.
  • the radio access network device carries indication information indicating that it supports direct data forwarding (local switch supported) in a system message (such as MIB or SIB1).
  • indication information indicating that it supports direct data forwarding (local switch supported) in a system message (such as MIB or SIB1).
  • the indication information one possible form is to define the new cell as local switch supported. When the cell is included, it means that the direct data forwarding is supported, and when the cell is not included, it means that the direct data forwarding is not supported.
  • Another possible form is to define the new cell as a local switch. When the value of this cell is true or 1, it means that direct data forwarding is supported, and when the value of this cell is false or 0, it means that direct data forwarding is not supported.
  • Method 2 After the terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device, the wireless access network device sends indication information to the terminal device through an RRC message, indicating whether the direct data forwarding is supported. For example, the wireless access network device can reconfigure the message in the RRC It contains local switch supported cell or local switch cell.
  • the radio access network equipment notifies the core network equipment to support direct data forwarding.
  • the radio access network equipment includes the local switch supported cell or local switch cell in the NG interface setup request (NG setup request) or RAN configuration update message.
  • the core network device sends instruction information to the terminal device, and the instruction information is used to indicate whether the wireless access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  • a core network device such as AMF
  • the NAS message only carries the identification of the radio access network device that supports local switch, such as the newly added cell local switch supported cell or local switch supported gNB.
  • each radio access network device has a unique corresponding Area ID (physical area identifier), and when the radio access network device notifies the core network device to support direct data forwarding, the Area ID may also be carried.
  • the core network device may send indication information to the terminal device through a NAS message, where the indication information is used to indicate the Area ID that supports direct data forwarding.
  • the NAS message contains the Area ID and the corresponding local switch supported cell or local switch cell. Or, only the area ID that supports local switch is carried in the NAS message, for example, the newly added cell local switch supported area.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding according to the Area ID.
  • the Area ID can also be replaced with a radio access network device identification list or a cell identification list.
  • QoS parameters have a corresponding relationship with QoS data streams.
  • a certain QoS data stream corresponds to a certain QoS requirement, and the QoS requirement is reflected in the form of QoS parameters.
  • the QoS parameters of the above-mentioned QoS data stream may include the following parameters: (1), 5G QoS Class Identifier (5QI); (2), Allocation and Retention Priority (ARP); (3), Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate (Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate, GFBR); (4), Maximum Flow Bit Rate (Maximum Flow Bit Rate, MFBR).
  • the above 5QI may specifically include: guaranteed rate (Guaranteed Bit Rate, GBR) or non-guaranteed rate (non-GBR) type information, priority level (Priority Level), packet delay budget (Packet Delay Budget), and packet error rate (Packet Error Rate).
  • GBR Guarantee Bit Rate
  • non-GBR non-guaranteed rate
  • QFI packet error rate
  • the radio access network device may subsequently map multiple QoS data streams in a network slice to one DRB or multiple DRBs.
  • DRB and QoS data flow have a one-to-one or one-to-many mapping relationship. That is, the radio access network device may include the mapping relationship between slice ID, DRB ID, and QFI in the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, or directly give the mapping relationship between slice ID and DRB ID.
  • the first terminal device can establish the first DRB with the radio access network device according to the above method, and the second terminal device can also Establish a second DRB with the radio access network device according to the foregoing method.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device can implement user plane data transmission based on the first DRB and the second DRB.
  • Scenario 1 The first terminal device and the second terminal device are both within the coverage of the same wireless access network device.
  • FIG. 10 it is a schematic flowchart of a first data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 10, the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 1001 The radio access network device receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB.
  • the user plane data includes the first identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the first identifier of the second terminal device is used by the wireless access network device to determine whether the second terminal device is within its coverage area.
  • the first identifier of the second terminal device may be an IP address, a MAC address, or an identifier of the second terminal device in the terminal device group.
  • the first identifier may be a unique identifier such as an employee ID in a private network or an enterprise network, an employee code in a private network or an enterprise network, or the first identifier of the second terminal device may also be a unique identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device, it will report its first identifier, such as an IP/MAC address or its identifier in the terminal device group, to the wireless access network device.
  • the radio access network device assigns the terminal device a second identifier of the terminal device in the radio access network device, such as a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI). Therefore, the radio access network device obtains the mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier of the terminal device.
  • the radio access network device receives the user plane data, it can determine the second identifier corresponding to the first identifier according to the first identifier, so as to determine whether the second terminal device is within its coverage area according to the second identifier.
  • the radio access network device subsequently forwards the user plane data, it scrambles the user plane data according to the second identifier of the second terminal device.
  • Step 1002 The radio access network device directly forwards user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB, where both the first terminal device and the second terminal device access the radio access network device.
  • a first DRB may be pre-established between the first terminal device and the radio access network device, and a second DRB may be pre-established between the second terminal device and the radio access network device.
  • a first DRB may be pre-established between the first terminal device and the radio access network device
  • a second DRB may be pre-established between the second terminal device and the radio access network device.
  • the first DRB and the second DRB are the same DRB on the radio access network device side, that is, the radio access network device determines that the corresponding default bearer is the first DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device. A DRB. Therefore, the radio access network device directly forwards the user plane data of the first terminal device to the second terminal device in the first DRB.
  • the first DRB and the second DRB are different DRBs on the radio access network device side.
  • the user plane data in step 1001 may also include a second parameter for determining the second DRB.
  • the radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the second parameter.
  • the second parameter used to determine the second DRB may include a network slice identifier (for example, slice ID), a group identifier (ue group ID) where the first terminal device is located, a flow identifier (QFI) of the quality of service data flow, One or more of the address of the first terminal device or the identifier of the first terminal device.
  • the wireless access network device can first determine the second terminal device according to the first identifier of the second terminal device. The terminal device then determines the second DRB of the second terminal device corresponding to the second parameter contained in the user plane data, such as the slice ID. Or determine the second DRB corresponding to the QFI identifier and the mapping relationship between the QFI identifier and the DRB identifier.
  • the second terminal device is currently in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state.
  • the radio access network device sends a paging message, and the paging message carries the first identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device accesses the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device notifies the second terminal device to establish the second DRB, and the notification message includes the configuration information of the second DRB.
  • the radio access network device may forward the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • the wireless access network device may send the user The identifier and the second parameter in the plane data are deleted, and the deleted user plane data is sent to the second terminal device, which can save air interface overhead.
  • the routing layer at the radio access network device in FIG. 11 and the routing layer on the second terminal device side can be deleted during the data transmission process, which can save air interface overhead.
  • the actions performed by the radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 10 may specifically be Implemented by gNB.
  • the gNB receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB.
  • Step 1002 The gNB directly forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB, where both the first terminal device and the second terminal device access the gNB.
  • the actions performed by the radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 10 may be specifically executed by the gNB-DU.
  • the gNB-DU receives the first terminal device sent by the first DRB.
  • User plane data the gNB-DU directly forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB, where both the first terminal device and the second terminal device access the gNB-DU.
  • the action performed by the radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 10 may specifically be performed by the IABnode.
  • the IAB node receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB.
  • the IAB node directly forwards user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB, where both the first terminal device and the second terminal device are connected to the IAB node.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device are respectively in the coverage areas of different radio access network devices.
  • the first terminal accesses the first wireless access network device (for example, gNB1)
  • the second terminal accesses the second wireless access network device (for example, gNB2) within the coverage of the first wireless access network device.
  • the coverage area of the second wireless access network device as shown in (a) in FIG. 8B.
  • FIG. 12 it is a schematic flow chart of the second data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 12, the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 1201 The radio access network device receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, where the user plane data includes the first identifier of the second terminal device.
  • step S1001 For details, please refer to step S1001, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1202 The first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is connected to the second wireless access network device according to the first identifier.
  • the first wireless access network device may only be able to determine that the second terminal device corresponding to the first identifier is not covered by the first wireless access network device based on the first identifier. Within the range of, the first radio access network device then sends the user plane data carrying the first identifier to the adjacent access network device, and obtains the second terminal corresponding to the first identifier from the adjacent access network device The device is within the coverage area of the second wireless access device.
  • the first wireless access network device may determine the second terminal device in any one or more of the following ways The terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
  • the first wireless access network device determines that there is no terminal device corresponding to the first identifier. For example, if the first identifier or the second identifier corresponding to the first identifier cannot be found, the first wireless access network device determines The second terminal device is not within its coverage area. Therefore, the first wireless access device sends an inquiry message to the wireless access network device in the neighboring cell. The inquiry message includes the first identification of the second terminal device. After the affirmative reply from the networked device, it is determined that the second terminal device is connected to the second wireless access network device, that is, the second terminal device is within the coverage of the second wireless access network device.
  • Each terminal device may send its own first identifier (such as an IP address, MAC address, or the identifier of the UE in the UE group, etc.) to the core network device in advance.
  • the UE informs the AMF of its own first identifier through a registration message.
  • the core network device sends the mapping relationship between the first identification of the terminal device and the wireless access network device (base station or cell) to each wireless access network device, that is, the wireless access network device can learn the first identification of the terminal device and the wireless access network device.
  • the mapping relationship of networked devices are examples of networked devices.
  • the first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is not within the coverage area, it can determine that the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access device according to the mapping relationship between the first identifier of the second terminal device and the wireless access network device. Network access equipment.
  • Method 3 After each terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device, the wireless access network device and the neighboring wireless access device exchange the first identification of the terminal device it is serving (for example, IP address, MAC address, or UE in The identification in the UE group, etc.), each radio access network device saves the mapping relationship between the identification of the terminal device and the radio access device (base station or cell). Therefore, when the first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is not within the coverage area, it can determine that the second terminal device is connected to the second terminal device according to the mapping relationship between the first identifier of the second terminal device and the wireless access network device. Wireless access network equipment.
  • the first identification of the terminal device it is serving for example, IP address, MAC address, or UE in The identification in the UE group, etc.
  • each radio access network device saves the mapping relationship between the identification of the terminal device and the radio access device (base station or cell). Therefore, when the first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is not within the coverage area, it can determine that the second terminal
  • the first radio access network device can trigger the RAN paging message , That is, the first radio access network device initiates a RAN paging message, and at the same time sends RAN paging messages to other radio access network devices through the interface between radio access network devices, so that other radio access network devices initiate RAN on the air interface Paging. Subsequently, when the second terminal device enters the connected state (connected) in the second wireless access network device, and the second wireless access network device notifies the first wireless access network device of the situation, the first wireless access network device can determine The second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
  • the first radio access network device When the first radio access network device cannot determine which radio access network device is covered by the second terminal device, the first radio access network device forwards the user plane data to which an interface is established (Such as Xn interface) other second wireless access network equipment.
  • the first radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second radio access network device through a user plane tunnel (GPRS Tunnel Protocol User plane, GTP-U) between it and the second radio access network device.
  • GTP-U GPRS Tunnel Protocol User plane
  • the first radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second radio access network device through the GTP-U tunnel between it and the second radio access network device, and the user plane data is not Contains the first identifier of the second terminal device, but also does not contain the second parameter.
  • the first identifier and/or the second parameter of the second terminal are included in the GTP-U packet header.
  • the second radio access network device After the second radio access network device receives the user plane data, it determines whether it is within its own coverage area according to the first identifier of the second terminal device, and if not, discards the data packet. If yes, send the user plane data to the second terminal device.
  • Step 1203 The first radio access network device sends user plane data to the second radio access network device.
  • the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device may establish a dedicated user plane tunnel for direct data forwarding through the Xn interface in advance, so that the first radio access network device transmits to the user plane tunnel through the user plane tunnel.
  • the second radio access network device sends the user plane data, so that the second radio access network device forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device.
  • the user plane tunnel establishment process may occur in the Xn interface establishment or interface configuration update process between wireless access devices. For example, if there is an Xn interface between the radio access network device 1 and the radio access network device 2, then the Xn setup request initiated by the radio access network device 1 may include the user plane of the radio access network device 1.
  • Transport layer such as IP address and tunnel endpoint identity (TEID)
  • radio access network device 2 can include the radio access network device 2 side user plane in the Xn setup response (Xn interface establishment response request) message Transport layer information.
  • the user plane tunnel for direct data forwarding may be node-granular, that is, there is only one user between the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device Face tunnel.
  • the user plane tunnel for direct data forwarding may also be UE group granular, that is, each terminal device is between the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device. The group has established a corresponding user plane tunnel.
  • the user plane tunnel used for direct data forwarding may also be slice (network slicing) granularity, that is, between the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device is every A slice (network slice) establishes a corresponding user plane tunnel.
  • the first radio access network device needs to indicate the UE group ID or slice ID when providing user plane data, so that the second radio access network device can determine which user plane data belongs to UE group, or which slice it belongs to.
  • the first radio access network device determines that the second terminal device is within the coverage of the second radio access network device
  • the first radio access network device sends the data packet to the second radio access network device through the user plane tunnel.
  • the second radio access network device may determine that the user plane tunnel is used for direct data forwarding according to the TEID carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the second radio access network device can determine which UE group the user plane tunnel corresponds to according to the TEID carried in the GTP-U header, and is used to perform data for the UEs in the UE group Forward directly.
  • the second radio access network device can determine which network slice the user plane tunnel corresponds to according to the TEID carried in the GTP-U header, and use it to perform operations for the UE working in the network slice. Data is forwarded directly.
  • the first radio access network device may delete the first identifier and the second parameter in the user plane data, and then enter the GPRS user plane tunneling protocol (GPRS tunneling protocol user, GTP-U) header
  • GPRS tunneling protocol user GTP-U
  • the part carries the first identifier and the second parameter of the second terminal device, and then sends the processed data packet of the user plane data to the second terminal device, which can save air interface overhead.
  • Step 1204 The second radio access network device forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • a first DRB can be pre-established between the first terminal device and the first radio access network device, and a second DRB can be pre-established between the second terminal device and the second radio access network device.
  • DRB Exemplarily, for the process of establishing the first DRB and the second DRB, refer to steps 901 to 903 in the DRB establishment process shown in FIG. 9 for details, and details are not repeated here.
  • the first DRB and the second DRB may be the same DRB on the radio access network device side, that is, the second radio access network device determines the corresponding default DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the bearer is the first DRB. Therefore, the second radio access network device forwards the user plane data of the first terminal device to the second terminal device in the first DRB.
  • the first DRB and the second DRB may be different DRBs on the radio access network device side.
  • the user plane data in step 1201 may also include a second parameter for determining the second DRB.
  • the radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the second parameter.
  • the parameters used to determine the second DRB may include the network slice ID (for example, slice ID), the group ID of the first terminal device (ue group ID), the flow ID of the quality of service data flow (QFI), and the source node One or more of addresses or logos. Because the second terminal device is connected to the second wireless access network device, that is, the second terminal device is within the coverage of the second wireless access network device, the second wireless access network device can be based on the first wireless access network device contained in the user plane data.
  • the second parameter such as the slice ID, determines the second DRB corresponding to it. Or determine the second DRB corresponding to the QFI identifier and the mapping relationship between the QFI identifier and the DRB identifier.
  • the second terminal device when the second terminal device is accessing the second wireless access network device, it will send its own first identifier (for example, IP address, MAC address, etc.) to the second wireless access device. In this way, the second wireless access network device can determine the correspondence between the first identifier of the terminal and the terminal device.
  • first identifier for example, IP address, MAC address, etc.
  • the data when user plane data is transmitted between terminal devices under different wireless access network devices, the data can be transmitted directly between the two wireless access devices without being forwarded by the core network device, thereby reducing data transmission hops. Data and delay, reduce core network resources and signaling overhead.
  • the actions performed by the first radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 12 are specific It may be executed by gNB1, and the action executed by the second radio access network device may be specifically executed by gNB2.
  • gNB1 receives user plane data from the first terminal device.
  • gNB1 sends user plane data to gNB2.
  • Step 1204 The gNB2 forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • the action performed by the first radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 12 may be specifically performed by gNB-DU1, and the action performed by the second radio access network device may specifically be performed by gNB-DU2. carried out.
  • gNB-DU1 receives user plane data from the first terminal device.
  • gNB-DU1 sends user plane data to gNB-DU2.
  • Step 1204 The gNB-DU2 forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • the action performed by the first radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 12 may be specifically performed by IAB node1, and the action performed by the second radio access network device may specifically be performed by IAB node1.
  • IAB node1 receives user plane data from the first terminal device.
  • IAB node1 sends user plane data to IAB node2.
  • IAB node2 forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device may have different functionally separated architectures.
  • both the first wireless access network device and the second wireless access network device may have a centralized architecture; alternatively, the first wireless access network device may have the architecture shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 5A, and the second wireless access network device may have the architecture shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 5A.
  • the network access device may be a centralized architecture; or, the first wireless access network device may be a centralized architecture, and the second wireless access network device may be an architecture as shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 5A; or, the first wireless access network device may be the architecture shown in FIG. 4A or FIG.
  • Both the access network device and the second wireless access network device may have the architecture shown in FIG. 4A; alternatively, both the first wireless access network device and the second wireless access network device may have the architecture shown in FIG. 5A; Also or alternatively, the first radio access network device may be the architecture shown in FIG. 4A, and the second radio access network device may be the architecture shown in FIG. 5A; or, the first radio access network device may be such as In the architecture shown in FIG. 5A, the second radio access network device may be the architecture shown in FIG. 4A, and so on.
  • This application provides a data transmission method and device.
  • the user plane data of the terminal device may not be forwarded through the core network network element, DN, etc., but directly forwarded by the wireless access network device.
  • the method can reduce data
  • the number of transmission hops can further reduce the time delay of data transmission, reduce the redundancy of the data transmission process, and can also reduce the load and resource overhead of the core network.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • the radio access network device then processes the data through SDAP-PDCP and RLC-MAC-PHY, and then passes The air interface forwards the data to UE2.
  • FIG. 13A shows a situation where the RAN side includes a full protocol stack, that is, both receiving and sending on the RAN side include the SDAP-PDCP-RLC-MAC-PHY layer, which can be understood as layer 3 forwarding, that is, L3 forwarding.
  • the data transmission method provided in the embodiments of this application is also applicable to the case where the RAN side only contains part of the protocol stack.
  • the end-to-end PDCP protocol layer is responsible for data encryption and decryption, header compression and decompression, sorting and re-sorting and other functions. That is, there is only the RLC-MAC-PHY layer between Tx and Node-X, and between Node-X and Rx.
  • Node-X can be gNB or gNB-DU or IAB node.
  • the radio access network device is a centralized architecture as an example to describe in detail the process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel.
  • the process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be shown in Figure 14.
  • UE1 ie, the first terminal device
  • PDU session 1 ie, the first PDU session
  • step S601 the process of establishing the PDU session 1 can be specifically referred to step S601 to step S607 in the PDU session establishment process shown in FIG. 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the radio access network device i.e., gNB in the figure
  • the indication message includes a local switch supported cell or a local switch cell.
  • S1402 may also occur before S1401, that is, the indication information is carried in the message sent when the interface is established or updated.
  • the gNB may indicate in the NG setup request (NG interface establishment request) message whether it supports direct data forwarding.
  • the gNB may additionally inform the core network device itself whether it supports direct forwarding of L3 layer data or L2 layer data direct forwarding.
  • AMF needs to provide additional keys related to Tx/Rx pairs for Tx-Rx end-to-end PDCP for encryption and decryption.
  • the L3/L2 layer data direct forwarding instruction is also applicable to the IAB architecture or CU-DU architecture mentioned below.
  • the direct forwarding of L3/L2 layer data is stipulated by the protocol. For example, the protocol stipulates the direct forwarding method of L3 layer data, or the direct forwarding method of L2 layer data, then the gNB does not need to additionally indicate the AMF information.
  • the core network device determines, according to the instruction information, that UE1 and UE2 (that is, the second terminal device) can directly forward data at the radio access network device (gNB).
  • gNB radio access network device
  • UE1 can send the identity or address of the destination node (ie, the identity or address of UE2) to the core network device or DN on the resources of PDU session 1, so that the core network device or DN can determine that UE1 and UE2 can perform at the gNB. Data is forwarded directly.
  • the destination node ie, the identity or address of UE2
  • the AMF sends a PDU Session Resource Setup Request to the gNB.
  • the PDU Session Resource Setup Request is used to request the gNB to allocate resources for UE2’s PDU Session 2 (ie PDU Session 2) so that UE2 can receive User plane data of UE1.
  • the core network element and the gNB can initiate paging in sequence.
  • UE2 receives the page and establishes an RRC connection with the gNB.
  • the PDU session resource setting request signaling can carry first information to inform the gNB that the PDU session 2 established for UE2 is related to which PDU session of UE1 or other terminals
  • the gNB establishes a direct transmission channel for PDU sessions that can directly forward data at the access network according to the association relationship (for example, the association relationship shows that UE2’s PDU session 2 and UE1’s PDU session 1 can directly forward data, then gNB Establish a direct data forwarding channel for PDU session 1 and PDU session 2) for direct data forwarding.
  • the PDU session resource setting request carries the PDU session identifier (PDU Session ID) and the QoS Flow list included in the corresponding PDU session (PDU Session) and other parameters.
  • PDU Session ID PDU session identifier
  • PDU Session QoS Flow list included in the corresponding PDU session
  • one or more information elements namely the first information
  • the session forwards data directly at the access network.
  • one or more indication information elements (Indication), that is, second information, are added to the PDU session resource setting request to indicate whether the radio access network device should perform access on the resources of the second PDU session of UE2.
  • the data at the network is forwarded directly.
  • the core network may not retain the uplink user plane channel information allocated for the PDU session 1.
  • the core network can also retain the uplink user plane channel information allocated for PDU session 1, so that when UE1 and UE2 fail to directly forward data at gNB, The user plane data of UE1 can be forwarded to UE2 via gNB-core network element-DN-core network element-gNB, so as to improve the success rate of data transmission.
  • the uplink user plane channel information (NG UL UP Transport Layer Information) of the PDU session can include but is not limited to: user plane transport layer information (UP Transport Layer Information), transport layer address (Transport Layer Address), GPRS tunnel protocol-tunnel Endpoint identifier (GPRS tunnelling protocol-tunnel endpoint identifier, GTP-TEID) and so on.
  • the user plane transport layer information is used to provide the user plane transport layer information associated with the PDU session between the wireless access network device and the UPF, which can specifically correspond to the internet protocol (IP) address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier symbol.
  • IP internet protocol
  • the transport layer address can be an IP address.
  • GTP-TEID may be the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier for the user plane transmission between the radio access network device and the UPF.
  • the gNB After receiving the PDU session resource setting request, the gNB configures PDU session resources for PDU session 2. For example, gNB configures the SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, MAC layer entity, and RLC layer at the access network for the DRB of PDU session 2. The entity, the PHY layer entity, allocates downlink user plane channel information (including the port IP address at the gNB, GTP-TEID, etc.) for the PDU session 2. It should be understood that it is not excluded that the gNB does not reconfigure the SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, MAC layer entity, RLC layer entity, etc. at the access network for the DRB of PDU session 2.
  • the DRB of PDU session 2 can share the SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, and MAC at the access network of the DRB of PDU session 1.
  • Layer entity, RLC layer entity, etc. the gNB may allocate the same SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, MAC layer entity, RLC layer entity, etc., to the DRB of PDU session 2 and the DRB of PDU session 1.
  • the gNB may allocate resources such as SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, MAC layer entity, and RLC layer entity at the access network of the DRB of PDU session 1 to the DRB of PDU session 2.
  • the gNB sends RRC Connection Reconfiguration signaling to UE2.
  • the RRC Connection Reconfiguration signaling can carry the parameters of the PDU session resource configured by the gNB for PDU session 2 (such as SDAP parameters, PDCP parameters, MAC parameters, RLC parameters, PHY layer parameters, etc.), indication information.
  • the indication information may include the first information, or may include the first information and the second information.
  • UE2 After UE2 receives the RRC Connection Reconfiguration signaling, it configures PDU session resources for PDU session 2 (for example, UE2 configures the configuration of the DRB's SDAP, PDCP, and MAC entities at the terminal for PDU session 2) .
  • UE2 After the configuration is completed, UE2 sends the RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete signaling to the gNB to feedback the completion of the PDU session resource configuration to the gNB, and waits to receive the data sent by the UE1 directly transmitted by the gNB according to the instructions. .
  • the gNB sends a PDU Session Resource Setup Response (PDU Session Resource Setup Response) signaling to the AMF to feed back the completion of the PDU session resource configuration to the AMF.
  • PDU Session Resource Setup Response PDU Session Resource Setup Response
  • the gNB may not feed back the downlink user plane channel information (NG-UDL UP Transport Layer Information) allocated for the PDU session 2 to the AMF.
  • the gNB can feed back the downlink user plane channel information allocated for PDU session 2 to the AMF. Therefore, when UE1 and UE2 fail to directly forward data at the gNB, the user plane data of UE1 can be forwarded to UE2 via gNB-core network element-DN-core network element-gNB, and then forwarded by gNB to UE2, so as to improve data transmission. Success rate.
  • S1410 Core network elements (such as AMF, UPF, etc.) update instruction information.
  • the AMF can release the uplink user plane channel information (NG UL UP Transport Layer Information) of the corresponding NG port allocated for the PDU session 1.
  • the AMF may not release the uplink user plane channel information (NG UL UP Transport Layer Information) of the corresponding NG port allocated for the PDU session 1.
  • the user plane data of UE1 can be forwarded to UE2 via gNB-core network element-DN-core network element-gNB, and then forwarded by gNB to UE2, so as to improve data transmission. Success rate.
  • the AMF sends a PDU Session Resource Modify Request (PDU Session Resource Modify Request) to the gNB.
  • the PDU Session Resource Modify Request may carry updated indication information.
  • the gNB can change the PDU session resources that have been configured at the gNB according to the updated indication information.
  • the gNB sends an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRC Connection Reconfiguration) to the UE1, and the RRC connection reconfiguration may carry updated indication information.
  • RRC Connection Reconfiguration RRC Connection Reconfiguration
  • UE1 sends an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete (RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete) to gNB, notifying gNB that UE1 has received updated indication information.
  • RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete
  • UE1 After UE1 receives the instruction information, it can send data to UE2 through gNB according to the instruction information. Exemplarily, when UE1 sends user plane data to UE2 through gNB, it does not need to add UE2's header to the header of the user plane data sent. An identification and/or a second parameter. In this way, the complexity of UE1's data package can be reduced, thereby reducing the time delay of data transmission.
  • the gNB sends a PDU Session Resource Modify Response (PDU Session Resource Modify Response) to the AMF.
  • PDU Session Resource Modify Response PDU Session Resource Modify Response
  • the IAB node sends indication information to the IAB donor.
  • the indication information is used to indicate whether the IAB node supports local switch (direct data forwarding).
  • the IAB node can be in and The IAB donor sends the indication information when the connection is established, or, for example, the IAB node may send the indication information in msg1/msg3/msg5 or subsequent UL RRC messages. Exemplarily, as shown in Table 1.
  • gNB-DU informs gNB-CU whether it supports direct data forwarding. For example, gNB-DU can notify when establishing F1 interface with gNB-CU (e.g. F1 setup request message), the indication information (for example, gNB-DU Configuration Update message) can also be sent when the configuration is updated.
  • F1 setup request message e.g. F1 setup request message
  • the indication information for example, gNB-DU Configuration Update message
  • Scenario 1 The first terminal device and the second terminal device are within the coverage area of the same wireless access network device.
  • the establishment of a direct data forwarding channel provided by the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 15.
  • S1501 UE1 (that is, the first terminal device) initiates a PDU session establishment request.
  • UE1 initiates a PDU session establishment request through a PDU session establishment request (PDU session establishment request) message, and the message carries the QoS index or UE group ID. In addition, it can also carry the first destination node (ie UE2). One logo.
  • PDU session establishment request PDU session establishment request
  • the radio access network device ie, the gNB in the figure
  • sends an indication message to the core network device such as AMF, SMF, UPF, etc. network elements
  • the indication message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  • the indication message includes a local switch supported cell or a local switch cell.
  • S1502 may also occur before S1501, that is, the indication information is carried in the message sent when the interface is established or updated.
  • step 1402 in FIG. 14 For specific steps, refer to step 1402 in FIG. 14.
  • S1503 The AMF queries the corresponding QoS parameters according to the QoS index or the UE group ID in the PDU session establishment request.
  • core network equipment such as AMF, SMF, UPF and other network elements
  • core network equipment can also carry the address or identifier of the destination node according to the PDU session establishment request to determine which gNB coverage area the destination node is in. If the current destination node is not online , Then AMF needs to initiate a paging process.
  • core network devices such as network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, etc.
  • determine that UE1 and UE2 that is, the second terminal device
  • gNB radio access network device
  • the AMF sends a PDU session request message to the gNB, which contains the PDU session ID, UE1 address, the first identifier of UE2, QoS requirement, and NAS messages.
  • S1505 The gNB forwards the NAS message to UE1.
  • the gNB will also send DRB configuration information to UE1.
  • the DRB configuration information and the NAS message may be included in the same RRC message.
  • the AMF sends a NAS message to UE2.
  • the NAS message includes the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, and the parameters required to generate the session key, such as KAMF/KgNB of UE1, counter, etc.
  • the NAS message from AMF to UE2 may be placed in the same PDU session request message to gNB as the NAS message from AMF to UE1. That is, the PDU session request message contains the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, the first identifier of UE2, QoS requirement, NAS for UE1, NAS for UE2, and so on.
  • the gNB also sends DRB configuration information to UE2.
  • the DRB configuration information and the NAS message may be included in the same RRC message.
  • Scenario 2 The first terminal device and the second terminal device are in the coverage areas of different wireless access network devices.
  • the establishment of the direct data forwarding channel provided by the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 16.
  • S1601 UE1 (that is, the first terminal device) initiates a PDU session establishment request.
  • the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device i.e. gNB1 and gNB2 in the figure
  • send instruction messages to core network devices such as network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, etc.
  • core network devices such as network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, etc.
  • S1603 The AMF queries the corresponding QoS parameters according to the QoS index or the UE group ID in the PDU session establishment request.
  • the AMF sends a PDU session request message to the gNB, which contains the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, the first identifier of UE2, the QoS requirement, and the NAS message.
  • the AMF also needs to send the identity or cell identity of the gNB2 corresponding to UE2 to gNB1. So that when gNB1 receives a data packet from UE1, it determines which gNB to forward to.
  • the AMF may also send the identity of gNB1 to gNB2.
  • S1605 The gNB forwards the NAS message to UE1.
  • the gNB will also send DRB configuration information to UE1.
  • the DRB configuration information and the NAS message may be included in the same RRC message.
  • the AMF sends a PDU session setup to gNB2, which includes the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, the first identifier of UE2, the QoS requirement, and the NAS message to UE2.
  • Step 1607 gNB2 forwards the NAS message to UE2, which contains the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, and the parameters necessary for generating the session key as shown in the first embodiment.
  • Step 1608, gNB2 sends DRB configuration information to UE2.
  • UE2 in the foregoing embodiment may be replaced with a UE2 group.
  • UE1 initiates the PDU session establishment process, which contains the UE2 group identifier, and the gNB receives the PDU session establishment instruction containing the UE2 group identifier sent by the AMF.
  • the gNB broadcasts the multicast channel configuration parameters corresponding to the UE group, and the gNB gives The DRB configuration corresponding to UE1 (including the corresponding LCID).
  • the gNB When the gNB establishes the multicast channel corresponding to the slice ID (or UE Group) for the UE1, when the gNB receives the data sent by the UE1 in the LCID, it directly groups through the multicast channel corresponding to the slice (or UE group) broadcast.
  • the gNB establishes the DRB corresponding to the slice ID for the UE1, only when the gNB receives the UE1 group ID or multicast indication in the data sent by the LCID, the gNB passes the slice (or UE group) corresponding group Broadcast channel for multicast.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be specifically used to implement the method executed by the radio access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. It can be the radio access network device itself, or it can be a chip or a chip set or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions in the radio access network device.
  • the structure of the communication device may be as shown in FIG. 17.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702.
  • the transceiving unit 1701 is configured to receive an establishment request message from a terminal device, the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB, and the establishment request message includes parameters for establishing the DRB.
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to determine the QoS parameter of the DRB according to the parameter. Then the radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
  • the transceiver unit 1701 is further configured to send an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
  • the transceiver unit 1701 is further configured to send a message to the terminal device, and the message is used to indicate that the wireless access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  • the terminal device sends the establishment request message requesting the establishment of the DRB to the radio access network device. In order to realize that the user plane data can be directly forwarded at the device supporting the wireless access network.
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to obtain QoS parameters corresponding to the parameters used to determine the DRB from the core network device.
  • the parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the base station obtains the QoS parameters corresponding to the network slice identifier or the UE group identifier from the core network device in advance, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
  • the communication device in FIG. 17 can be used to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 10.
  • the device may be the terminal device itself or the terminal device.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit 1703 and a processing unit 1704.
  • the processing unit 1704 is configured to obtain QoS parameters and establish DRBs corresponding to the QoS parameters.
  • the transceiver unit 1703 is configured to send an establishment request message to the radio access network device, where the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB, and the establishment request message includes parameters for establishing the DRB.
  • the transceiver unit 1703 is further configured to receive an establishment response message sent by the wireless access network device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
  • the transceiving unit 1703 is also used to receive a message from the radio access network device.
  • the message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  • the message may be an RRC message or a broadcast message.
  • the processing unit 1704 is configured to obtain the correspondence between the QoS parameter and the parameter used to determine the DRB from the core network device in advance.
  • the parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the communication device in FIG. 18 can be used to implement the method performed by the radio access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and the device may be the radio access network device itself. It can also be a chip or a chip set or a part of a chip used to perform related method functions in a wireless access network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is configured to receive user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB.
  • the user plane data is sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, and the user plane data includes the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1802 is configured to determine the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to directly forward the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 may send a third message to the first terminal device, the second terminal device, and the core network device.
  • the third message may be an RRC message or a broadcast message, and the third message is used to indicate that the user plane data can be directly forwarded on the data at the radio access network device.
  • the radio access network device can establish a direct data forwarding channel, that is, a DRB, so that the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be improved, and the accuracy of direct data forwarding at the access network can be improved.
  • the user plane data further includes parameters for determining the second DRB; the processing unit 1802 is configured to determine the second DRB according to the identifier and parameters of the terminal.
  • the parameters used to determine the second DRB include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, a flow identifier QFI of a quality of service data stream, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
  • the processing unit 1802 deletes the identifier of the second terminal device in the user plane data, or deletes the identifier and parameters of the second terminal device, The processed user plane data is then sent to the second terminal device, which can save air interface overhead.
  • the transceiver unit 1801 before the transceiver unit 1801 receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, the transceiver unit 1801 sends an establishment request message for requesting the establishment of the first DRB to the wireless access device, and the transceiver unit 1801 determines After the first DRB and the first QoS parameter, a first establishment response message is also sent to the first terminal device, where the first establishment response message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be specifically used to implement the first communication device in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the method for wireless execution by a wireless access network device the second communication device may be specifically used to implement the method for wireless execution by the second wireless access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, and the first communication device may be a first wireless device.
  • the access network device itself may also be a chip or a chip set or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions in the first wireless access network device.
  • the second communication device may be the second wireless access network device itself, It may also be a chip or a chip set or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions in the second radio access network device.
  • the structure of the communication device may be as shown in FIG. 19.
  • the first device includes: a transceiver unit 1901 and a processing unit 1902.
  • the second communication device includes: a transceiver unit 1903 and a processing unit 1904.
  • the transceiving unit 1901 is configured to receive user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first wireless data bearer DRB, where the user plane data includes the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1902 is configured to determine, according to the identifier of the second terminal device, that the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1901 is further configured to send user plane data to the second wireless access network device, and the user plane data is used to send to the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1903 is configured to receive the user plane data from the first wireless access network device.
  • the processing unit 1904 is configured to determine the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device; then the transceiver unit 1903 sends the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  • the transceiver unit 1901 is further configured to receive a request message sent by the first terminal device, and the request message is used to request the establishment of the first DRB; and then send a request response message to the first terminal device, the request response The message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established, where the first DRB corresponds to the first QoS parameter.
  • the request message sent by the first terminal device may be an RRC message
  • the RRC message is a message generated by the RRC layer triggered by the NAS layer of the first terminal device.
  • the user plane data further includes parameters for determining the second DRB
  • the processing unit 1904 is configured to determine the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the parameters.
  • the transceiver unit 1901 and the transceiver unit 1903 will also send a first message to the first terminal device, the second terminal device, and the core network device.
  • the first message indicates that the second radio access network device supports data forwarding. .
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 2000 can execute each step executed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment, and may also be used to execute each step executed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device 2000 may be a terminal device or a chip used in a terminal device.
  • the communication device 2000 may also be a network device or a chip used in a network device.
  • the communication device 2000 includes:
  • the memory 2010 is used for storing programs
  • the communication interface 2020 is used to communicate with other devices
  • the processor 2030 is configured to execute programs in the memory 2010. When the communication device 2000 can execute the steps executed by the terminal device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9, the processor 2030 may execute the functions corresponding to the processing unit 1702 in FIG. 17. When the communication device 2000 can execute the steps executed by the access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9, the processor 2030 may execute the function corresponding to the processing unit 1702 in FIG. 17.
  • the processor 2030 may execute the function corresponding to the processing unit 1802 in FIG. 18 above.
  • the processor 2030 may execute the function corresponding to the processing unit 1902 in FIG. 19 described above.
  • the processor 2030 may execute the function corresponding to the processing unit 1904 in FIG. 19 described above.
  • the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 20 may be a chip or a circuit.
  • a chip or circuit may be installed in a terminal device or a chip or circuit may be installed in a network device.
  • the aforementioned communication interface 2020 may also be a transceiver.
  • the transceiver includes a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the communication device 2000 may also include a bus system.
  • the processor 2030, the memory 2010, the receiver and the transmitter are connected by a bus system, and the processor 2030 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2010 to control the receiver to receive signals and to control the transmitter to send signals to complete the communication of this application.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the memory 2010 may be integrated in the processor 2030, or may be provided separately from the processor 2030.
  • the functions of the receiver and transmitter may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated transceiver chip.
  • the processor 2030 may be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor or a general-purpose chip.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the aforementioned communication interface 2020, the processor 2030, and the memory 2010.
  • the memory 2010, the processor 2030, and the communication interface 2020 are connected by a bus.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 20.
  • the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. It is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 20, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 2030 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which can implement Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory 2010 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory).
  • a non-volatile memory such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc.
  • a volatile memory volatile memory
  • RAM random-access memory
  • the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the communication device in the foregoing embodiment may be a terminal device or a circuit, and may also be a chip applied to a terminal device or other combination devices or components having the functions of the foregoing terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the transceiver unit may be a radio frequency unit
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output interface of the chip system
  • the processing module may be a processor of the chip system.
  • FIG. 21 shows a simplified schematic diagram of a possible design structure of the terminal device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes a transmitter 2101, a receiver 2102, a controller/processor 2103, a memory 2104, and a modem processor 2105.
  • the transmitter 2101 is used to transmit an uplink signal, and the uplink signal is transmitted to the access network device described in the foregoing embodiment via an antenna.
  • the antenna receives the downlink signal (DCI) transmitted by the network device in the above embodiment.
  • the receiver 2102 is used to receive a downlink signal (DCI) received from an antenna.
  • the encoder 2106 receives service data and signaling messages to be sent on the uplink, and processes the service data and signaling messages.
  • the modulator 2107 further processes (for example, symbol mapping and modulation) the encoded service data and signaling messages and provides output samples.
  • the demodulator 2109 processes (e.g., demodulates) the input samples and provides symbol estimates.
  • the decoder 2108 processes (e.g., decodes) the symbol estimation and provides decoded data and signaling messages sent to the terminal device.
  • the encoder 2106, the modulator 2107, the demodulator 2109, and the decoder 2108 can be implemented by a synthesized modem processor 2105. These units are processed according to the wireless access technology adopted by the wireless access network.
  • the controller/processor 2103 controls and manages the actions of the terminal device, and is used to execute the processing performed by the terminal device in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9 above. For example, determine the QoS parameters of DRB and establish DRB.
  • Fig. 22 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the communication device uses a network device as an example.
  • the network device 2200 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 2210 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU). ) 2220.
  • RRU 2210 may be called a communication module, which corresponds to the foregoing transceiver unit.
  • the communication module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 2211 and a radio frequency unit 2212. .
  • the RRU 2210 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment.
  • the 2120 part of the BBU is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 2210 and the BBU 2220 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 2220 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module, which may correspond to the foregoing processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU processing module
  • the BBU may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
  • the BBU 2220 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, or can support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 2220 also includes a memory 2221 and a processor 2222.
  • the memory 2221 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 2222 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 2221 and the processor 2222 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a terminal device and a network device, or may also include more terminal devices and network devices.
  • the terminal device and the network device are respectively used to implement the method implementation steps of the above-mentioned related devices in FIG. 9, FIG. 10, and FIG. 12. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the methods executed by the devices in FIG. 9, FIG. 10, and FIG. 12.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the devices in FIG. 9, FIG. 10, and FIG. 12.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the functions of the terminal device and the network device in the foregoing method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be Other division methods, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual communication connections may be indirect couplings or communication connections through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical, or other forms.
  • the units in the device embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the methods in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or The data center transmits data to another website, computer, server, or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, Hard disk, magnetic tape), optical medium (for example, digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD for short)), or semiconductor medium (for example, SSD), etc.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the sending device or the receiving device.

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: a wireless access network device receiving an establishment request message from a terminal device, wherein the establishment request message is used for requesting the establishment of a DRB, and the establishment request message comprises a parameter for establishing a DRB; the wireless access network device determining a QoS parameter of the DRB according to the parameter; and then, the wireless access network device sending an establishment response message to the terminal device, wherein the establishment response message is used for indicating that the DRB is successfully established. By means of the method and apparatus of the present application, the problem of a transmission process being redundant when user plane data is transmitted between terminals can be solved.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
分组数据单元(packet data unit,PDU)会话的建立过程是为用户面的数据传输配置无线资源和有线资源的过程,PDU会话的建立涉及到从终端(user equipment,UE)到数据网络(data network,DN)之间的多个网元,是一个端到端的配置过程。The establishment of a packet data unit (PDU) session is the process of configuring wireless resources and wired resources for user plane data transmission. The establishment of a PDU session involves the process from the terminal (user equipment, UE) to the data network (data network). , DN) between multiple network elements is an end-to-end configuration process.
因此,终端间进行数据传输时,一个终端首先将用户面数据通过空口转发给无线接入网设备,无线接入网设备再将用户面数据转发给用户面管理功能(user plane function,UPF),UPF再将数据转发给数据网络单元(data network,DN),DN再将数据转发给UPF,UPF再将数据转发至无线接入网设备,无线接入网设备最终将数据通过空口转发给另一个终端,以UE1向UE2传输数据为例,参阅图1所示的端到端的数据传输路径。Therefore, when data is transmitted between terminals, a terminal first forwards the user plane data to the radio access network device through the air interface, and the radio access network device then forwards the user plane data to the user plane function (UPF), UPF then forwards the data to the data network unit (DN), DN then forwards the data to UPF, and UPF then forwards the data to the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device finally forwards the data to another through the air interface For the terminal, take the data transmission from UE1 to UE2 as an example, and refer to the end-to-end data transmission path shown in FIG. 1.
终端间进行用户面数据传输时,即使发送侧终端与接收侧终端接入的是同一无线接入网设备,或者接入同一接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)/UPF,依然需要将发送侧终端的数据发送至核心网,再由核心网转发回无线接入网设备,无线接入网设备再将数据发送给接收侧终端,这增加了数据传输的跳数和时延,增加了核心网的负载和资源开销,数据传输过程存在冗余。When transmitting user plane data between terminals, even if the sending-side terminal and the receiving-side terminal access the same wireless access network equipment, or access the same access and mobility management function (AMF)/UPF, It is still necessary to send the data of the sending-side terminal to the core network, and then forward it from the core network back to the wireless access network equipment, and the wireless access network equipment will then send the data to the receiving-side terminal, which increases the number of hops and delays in data transmission. , Increase the load and resource overhead of the core network, and there is redundancy in the data transmission process.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种通信方法及装置,用以解决终端间进行用户面数据传输时传输过程冗余的问题。The present application provides a communication method and device to solve the problem of redundancy in the transmission process when user plane data is transmitted between terminals.
第一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法用以实现DRB的建立。该方法包括:无线接入网设备接收来自终端设备的建立请求消息,该建立请求消息用于请求建立DRB,其中该建立请求消息中包括用于建立DRB的参数,无线接入网设备根据该参数确定DRB的QoS参数。然后无线接入网设备向终端设备发送建立响应消息,该建立响应消息用于指示DRB成功建立。In the first aspect, the present application provides a communication method for realizing the establishment of DRB. The method includes: a radio access network device receives an establishment request message from a terminal device, the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB, wherein the establishment request message includes a parameter for establishing the DRB, and the radio access network device according to the parameter Determine the QoS parameters of DRB. Then the radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
本申请实施例中,终端间进行用户面数据传输时,进行通信的两侧终端都可以按照上述方法与所接入的无线接入网设备建立DRB,以便于实现用户面数据在接入网处的数据直接转发。相比于现有技术,终端间进行用户面数据传输时,即使发送侧终端与接收侧终端接入的是同一基站,依然需要将发送侧终端的数据发送至核心网,再由核心网转发回基站,基站再将数据发送给接收侧终端,可以降低数据传输的时延,以及减少核心网的负载和资源开销,降低数据传输冗余。In the embodiment of this application, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals, the terminals on both sides of the communication can establish DRB with the connected radio access network device according to the above method, so as to realize the user plane data at the access network. The data is forwarded directly. Compared with the prior art, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals, even if the sending-side terminal and the receiving-side terminal access the same base station, the data of the sending-side terminal still needs to be sent to the core network and then forwarded back by the core network. The base station, and the base station sends data to the receiving terminal, which can reduce the time delay of data transmission, reduce the load and resource overhead of the core network, and reduce data transmission redundancy.
在一种可能的设计中,无线接入网设备在接收到来自终端设备的第一消息之前,无线接入网设备还向终端设备发送消息,该消息用于指示无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。这样,终端设备才向无线接入网设备发送请求建立DRB的建立请求消息。以便于实现用户面数据可以在该支持无线接入网设备处进行数据直接转发。In a possible design, before the wireless access network device receives the first message from the terminal device, the wireless access network device also sends a message to the terminal device. The message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to support data direct Forward. In this way, the terminal device sends the establishment request message requesting the establishment of the DRB to the radio access network device. In order to realize that the user plane data can be directly forwarded at the device supporting the wireless access network.
在一种可能的设计中,无线接入网设备可以预先从核心网设备获取与用于确定DRB的参数对应的QoS参数。其中用于确定DRB的参数可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。例如,基站预先从核心网设备获取网络切片标识或者UE组标识对应的QoS参数,这样基站就可以在用户面数据传输过程中保证数据的QoS需求。In a possible design, the radio access network device may obtain the QoS parameter corresponding to the parameter used to determine the DRB from the core network device in advance. The parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters. For example, the base station obtains the QoS parameters corresponding to the network slice identifier or the UE group identifier from the core network device in advance, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
第二方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,包括:终端设备向无线接入网设备发送建立请求消息,该建立请求消息用于请求建立DRB,其中该建立请求消息中包括用于建立DRB的参数,无线接入网设备根据该参数确定DRB的QoS参数。然后无线接入网设备向终端设备发送建立响应消息,该建立响应消息用于指示DRB成功建立。同第一方面所提供的方法和有益效果,本申请实施例中,终端间进行用户面数据传输时,进行通信的两侧终端都可以按照上述方法与所接入的无线接入网设备建立DRB,以便于实现用户面数据在接入网处的数据直接转发。In a second aspect, this application provides a communication method, including: a terminal device sends an establishment request message to a radio access network device, the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB, and the establishment request message includes parameters for establishing the DRB , The radio access network device determines the QoS parameter of the DRB according to the parameter. Then the radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established. As with the method and beneficial effects provided in the first aspect, in the embodiments of this application, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals, the terminals on both sides of the communication can establish DRB with the connected radio access network device according to the above method. , So as to facilitate the direct forwarding of user plane data at the access network.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备预先可以从无线接入网设备接收消息,该消息用于指示无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发,该消息可以是RRC消息,也可以是广播消息。或者,支持数据直接转发的无线接入网设备预先向核心网设备发送自身的区域标识(area ID),然后核心网设备通过NAS消息将支持无线接入网设备的area ID发送至终端设备。这样,终端设备就可以根据无线接入网设备所广播的area ID,确定无线接入网设备是否支持数据直接转发。In a possible design, the terminal device may receive a message from the radio access network device in advance, and the message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding. The message may be an RRC message or a broadcast message. Alternatively, the radio access network device that supports direct data forwarding sends its own area ID (area ID) to the core network device in advance, and then the core network device sends the area ID of the radio access network device to the terminal device through a NAS message. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the wireless access network device supports direct data forwarding according to the area ID broadcast by the wireless access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可以预先从核心网络设备获取QoS参数和用于确定DRB的参数之间的对应关系。其中,用于确定DRB的参数可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。例如,核心网设备预先将QoS索引信息和QoS参数之间的映射关系通过NAS消息告知终端设备,终端设备根据业务对应的QoS参数确定对应的QoS索引信息,并在建立请求消息中携带该QoS索引信息,以便于基站确定与该QoS索引信息对应的QoS参数,这样基站就可以在用户面数据传输过程中保证数据的QoS需求。In a possible design, the terminal device may obtain the correspondence between the QoS parameter and the parameter used to determine the DRB from the core network device in advance. Wherein, the parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters. For example, the core network device informs the terminal device of the mapping relationship between QoS index information and QoS parameters in advance through a NAS message, and the terminal device determines the corresponding QoS index information according to the QoS parameters corresponding to the service, and carries the QoS index in the establishment request message Information so that the base station can determine the QoS parameters corresponding to the QoS index information, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
第三方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该通信方法用以实现终端间用户面数据的传输。该方法应用于包括无线接入网设备、第一终端设备以及第二终端设备的通信***中,其中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备均接入无线接入网设备。该方法包括:无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据,该用户面数据是第一终端设备发送给第二终端设备的。该用户面数据包括第二终端设备的标识。无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识确定第二DRB,然后通过第二DRB向第二终端设备直接转发该用户面数据。In the third aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which is used to realize the transmission of user plane data between terminals. The method is applied to a communication system including a wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device and the second terminal device both access the wireless access network device. The method includes: a wireless access network device receives user plane data sent by a first terminal device through a first DRB, where the user plane data is sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device. The user plane data includes the identification of the second terminal device. The radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device, and then directly forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
本申请实施例中无线接入网设备可以将第一终端在第一DRB上发送的用户面数据转发到第二DRB上,并在第二DRB向第二终端发送该用户面数据,从而可以实现接入网处的数据直接转发。相比于现有技术中,终端间进行用户面数据传输时,即使发送侧终端与接收侧终端接入的是同一基站,或者接入同一AMF/UPF,依然需要将发送侧终端的数据发送至核心网,再由核心网转发回基站,基站再将数据发送给接收侧终端,本申请实施例中第一终端可以将数据发送至无线接入网设备,然后无线接入网设备转发给第二终端,可见本申请实施例可以减少数据传输过程中的跳数,从而可以降低数据传输的时延,以及减少核心网的负载和资源开销,降低数据传输冗余。In the embodiment of the application, the radio access network device can forward the user plane data sent by the first terminal on the first DRB to the second DRB, and send the user plane data to the second terminal in the second DRB, so as to achieve The data at the access network is forwarded directly. Compared with the prior art, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals, even if the transmitting terminal and the receiving terminal access the same base station, or access the same AMF/UPF, the data of the transmitting terminal still needs to be sent to The core network is then forwarded back to the base station by the core network, and the base station sends the data to the receiving terminal. In the embodiment of this application, the first terminal can send the data to the wireless access network device, and then the wireless access network device forwards it to the second For the terminal, it can be seen that the embodiment of the present application can reduce the number of hops in the data transmission process, thereby reducing the time delay of data transmission, reducing the load and resource overhead of the core network, and reducing data transmission redundancy.
在一种可能的设计中,在无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备在第一DRB上发送的用 户面数据之前,无线接入网设备可以向第一终端设备和第二终端设备,以及核心网设备发送第三消息,该第三消息可以是RRC消息,也可以是广播消息,该第三消息用于指示用户面数据可以在该无线接入网设备处的数据直接转发。上述设计中,无线接入网设备可以建立数据直接转发通道,即DRB,从而可以提高建立数据直接转发通道的准确性,进而可以提高接入网处数据直接转发的准确性。In a possible design, before the radio access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device on the first DRB, the radio access network device may send the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the core The network device sends a third message, which may be an RRC message or a broadcast message, and the third message is used to indicate that user plane data can be directly forwarded at the radio access network device. In the above design, the radio access network device can establish a direct data forwarding channel, that is, a DRB, so that the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be improved, and the accuracy of direct data forwarding at the access network can be improved.
在一种可能的设计中,用户面数据还包括用于确定第二DRB的参数;无线接入网设备根据终端的标识和参数确定第二DRB。其中,用于确定第二DRB的参数包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、服务质量数据流的流标识QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。例如,基站确定网络切片标识或者UE组标识对应的DRB,这样基站就可以在第二DRB上传输用户面数据,从而可以提高建立数据直接转发通道的准确性,进而可以提高接入网处数据直接转发的准确性。In a possible design, the user plane data further includes parameters for determining the second DRB; the radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identification and parameters of the terminal. The parameters used to determine the second DRB include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, a flow identifier QFI of a quality of service data stream, QoS index information, or QoS parameters. For example, the base station determines the DRB corresponding to the network slice ID or the UE group ID, so that the base station can transmit user plane data on the second DRB, which can improve the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel, and thus can improve the directness of data at the access network. The accuracy of forwarding.
在一种可能的设计中,无线接入网设备在向第二终端设备发送用户面数据之前,将用户面数据中的第二终端设备的标识删除,或者将第二终端设备的标识和参数删除,再将处理后的用户面数据发送至第二终端设备,这样可以节省空口开销。In a possible design, before sending the user plane data to the second terminal device, the radio access network device deletes the identifier of the second terminal device in the user plane data, or deletes the identifier and parameters of the second terminal device , And then send the processed user plane data to the second terminal device, which can save air interface overhead.
在一种可能的设计中,无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据之前,第一终端设备向无线接入设备发送用于请求建立第一DRB的建立请求消息,无线接入网设备确定与第一DRB和第一QoS参数后,还向第一终端设备发送第一建立响应消息,该第一建立响应消息用于指示第一DRB成功建立。另外,第二终端设备也向无线接入设备发送用于请求建立第二DRB的建立请求消息,无线接入网设备确定与第二DRB和第二QoS参数后,还向第一终端设备发送第二建立响应消息,该第二建立响应消息用于指示第二DRB成功建立。In a possible design, before the wireless access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, the first terminal device sends the establishment request message for requesting the establishment of the first DRB to the wireless access device After determining the first DRB and the first QoS parameter, the radio access network device further sends a first establishment response message to the first terminal device, where the first establishment response message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established. In addition, the second terminal device also sends an establishment request message for requesting the establishment of the second DRB to the wireless access device. After determining the second DRB and the second QoS parameters, the wireless access network device also sends the first terminal device to the first terminal device. 2. An establishment response message, where the second establishment response message is used to indicate that the second DRB is successfully established.
在一种可能的设计中,第一终端设备向无线接入设备发送用于请求建立第一DRB的建立请求消息之前,无线接入网设备可以预先从核心网设备获取与用于确定DRB的参数对应的QoS参数。其中用于确定DRB的参数可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。例如,基站预先从核心网设备获取网络切片标识或者UE组标识对应的QoS参数,这样基站就可以在用户面数据传输过程中保证数据的QoS需求。In a possible design, before the first terminal device sends the establishment request message for requesting the establishment of the first DRB to the wireless access device, the wireless access network device may obtain the parameters used to determine the DRB from the core network device in advance. Corresponding QoS parameters. The parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters. For example, the base station obtains the QoS parameters corresponding to the network slice identifier or the UE group identifier from the core network device in advance, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
本申请实施例中,终端间进行用户面数据传输时,进行通信的两侧终端都可以按照上述方法与所接入的无线接入网设备建立DRB,以便于实现用户面数据在接入网处的数据直接转发。相比于现有技术,终端间进行用户面数据传输时,即使发送侧终端与接收侧终端接入的是同一基站,依然需要将发送侧终端的数据发送至核心网,再由核心网转发回基站,基站再将数据发送给接收侧终端,可以降低数据传输的时延,以及减少核心网的负载和资源开销,降低数据传输冗余。In the embodiment of this application, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals, the terminals on both sides of the communication can establish DRB with the connected radio access network device according to the above method, so as to realize the user plane data at the access network. The data is forwarded directly. Compared with the prior art, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals, even if the sending-side terminal and the receiving-side terminal access the same base station, the data of the sending-side terminal still needs to be sent to the core network and then forwarded back by the core network. The base station, and the base station sends data to the receiving terminal, which can reduce the time delay of data transmission, reduce the load and resource overhead of the core network, and reduce data transmission redundancy.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备的NAS层触发RRC层向无线接入网设备发送建立请求消息,该建立请求消息可以是RRC消息,该建立请求消息用于请求建立DRB。本申请实施例中,第一终端设备的RRC层和第二终端设备的RRC层均可以向无线接入网设备发送该请求建立DRB的RRC消息。In a possible design, the NAS layer of the terminal device triggers the RRC layer to send an establishment request message to the radio access network device. The establishment request message may be an RRC message, and the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB. In the embodiment of the present application, the RRC layer of the first terminal device and the RRC layer of the second terminal device may both send the RRC message requesting the establishment of the DRB to the radio access network device.
第四方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该通信方法用以实现终端间用户面数据的传输。所述方法应用于包括第一无线接入网设备、第二无线接入网设备、第一终端设备以及第二终端设备的通信***中,其中,第一终端设备接入第一无线接入网设备,第二终端设备接 入第二无线接入网设备。该方法包括:第一无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据,该用户面数据是第一终端设备发送给第二终端设备的,该用户面数据包括第二终端设备的标识。第一无线接入网设备根据该标识,确定第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备,因此第一无线接入网设备向第二无线接入网设备发送该用户面数据。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which is used to realize the transmission of user plane data between terminals. The method is applied to a communication system including a first wireless access network device, a second wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device accesses the first wireless access network Device, the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device. The method includes: a first radio access network device receives user plane data sent by a first terminal device through a first DRB, the user plane data is sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, and the user plane data includes the second terminal device. The identification of the terminal device. According to the identifier, the first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is connected to the second wireless access network device. Therefore, the first wireless access network device sends the user plane data to the second wireless access network device.
本申请实施例中,处于不同无线接入网设备下的终端间进行用户面数据传输时,数据可在两无线接入网设备间直传,不需要由核心网设备转发,从而可以减少数据传输跳数和时延,降低核心网资源和信令开销。In the embodiment of this application, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals under different radio access network devices, the data can be directly transmitted between the two radio access network devices without being forwarded by the core network device, thereby reducing data transmission. Hop count and delay, reduce core network resources and signaling overhead.
在一种可能的设计中,第一无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据之前,第一无线接入网设备需要预先建立第一DRB。具体地,第一无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备发送的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求建立所述第一DRB;第一无线接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送请求响应消息,该请求响应消息用于指示第一DRB成功建立,其中所述第一DRB和第一QoS参数对应。In a possible design, before the first radio access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, the first radio access network device needs to establish the first DRB in advance. Specifically, the first radio access network device receives a request message sent by the first terminal device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of the first DRB; the first radio access network device sends a request response to the first terminal device Message, the request response message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established, where the first DRB corresponds to the first QoS parameter.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备的NAS层触发RRC层向无线接入网设备发送建立请求消息,该建立请求消息可以是RRC消息,该建立请求消息用于请求建立DRB。本申请实施例中,第一终端设备的RRC层可以向无线接入网设备发送该请求建立DRB的RRC消息。In a possible design, the NAS layer of the terminal device triggers the RRC layer to send an establishment request message to the radio access network device. The establishment request message may be an RRC message, and the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB. In the embodiment of the present application, the RRC layer of the first terminal device may send the RRC message requesting the establishment of the DRB to the radio access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备在第一DRB上发送的用户面数据之前,第一无线接入网设备可以向第一终端设备和第二终端设备,以及核心网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息可以是RRC消息,也可以是广播消息,该第一消息用于指示用户面数据可以在该第一无线接入网设备处的数据直接转发。上述设计中,第一无线接入网设备可以建立数据直接转发通道,即DRB,从而可以提高建立数据直接转发通道的准确性,进而可以提高接入网处数据直接转发的准确性。In a possible design, before the first wireless access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device on the first DRB, the first wireless access network device may send a message to the first terminal device and the second terminal device. The device and the core network device send a first message. The first message may be an RRC message or a broadcast message. The first message is used to indicate that the user plane data can be directly connected to the data at the first radio access network device. Forward. In the above design, the first radio access network device can establish a direct data forwarding channel, that is, a DRB, so that the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be improved, and the accuracy of direct data forwarding at the access network can be improved.
在一种可能的设计中,第一无线接入网设备根据用户面数据中的标识确定出第二DRB之后,第一无线接入网设备可以将用户面数据中的标识或参数删除后再发送至第二无线接入网设备,例如,基站将用户面数据中包含的网络切片标识和第二终端设备的标识删除后,再将删除后的用户面数据发送至第二终端设备。这样可以节省空口开销。In a possible design, after the first radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier in the user plane data, the first radio access network device may delete the identifier or parameter in the user plane data before sending it To the second radio access network device, for example, the base station deletes the network slice identifier and the identifier of the second terminal device included in the user plane data, and then sends the deleted user plane data to the second terminal device. This can save air interface overhead.
在一种可能的设计中,第一无线接入网设备在通过用户面GPRS隧道协议发送用户面数据至第二无线接入网设备时,第一无线接入网设备在GTP-U报文的报头携带第二终端设备的标识(例如IP地址、UE组标识、slice ID或QFI等信息),以便于第二无线接入网设备根据GTP-U报文的报头携带的信息,路由到第二终端设备,同时实现节省空口开销的目的。In a possible design, when the first radio access network device sends user plane data to the second radio access network device through the user plane GPRS tunnel protocol, the first radio access network device is in the GTP-U message The header carries the identifier of the second terminal device (for example, IP address, UE group ID, slice ID, or QFI information), so that the second radio access network device can route to the second terminal device according to the information carried in the header of the GTP-U message Terminal equipment, at the same time to achieve the purpose of saving air interface overhead.
第五方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该通信方法用以实现终端间用户面数据的传输。所述方法应用于包括第一无线接入网设备、第二无线接入网设备、第一终端设备以及第二终端设备的通信***中,其中,第一终端设备接入第一无线接入网设备,第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备。该方法包括:第二无线接入网设备从第一无线接入网设备接收用户面数据,该用户面数据是第一终端设备发送给第二终端设备的数据,该用户面数据包括第二终端设备的标识;第二无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识确定第二DRB,然后第二无线接入网设备通过第二DRB向第二终端设备发送该用户面数据。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which is used to realize the transmission of user plane data between terminals. The method is applied to a communication system including a first wireless access network device, a second wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device accesses the first wireless access network Device, the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device. The method includes: a second radio access network device receives user plane data from a first radio access network device, the user plane data is data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, and the user plane data includes the second terminal The identification of the device; the second radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identification of the second terminal device, and then the second radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
本申请实施例中,处于不同无线接入网设备下的终端间进行用户面数据传输时,数据可在两无线接入网设备间直传,不需要由核心网设备转发,从而可以减少数据传输跳数和 时延,降低核心网资源和信令开销。In the embodiment of this application, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals under different radio access network devices, the data can be directly transmitted between the two radio access network devices without being forwarded by the core network device, thereby reducing data transmission. Hop count and delay, reduce core network resources and signaling overhead.
在一种可能的设计中,用户面数据还包括用于确定用于确定第二DRB的参数;第二无线接入网设备根据终端的标识和参数确定第二DRB。其中,用于确定第二DRB的参数包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、服务质量数据流的流标识QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。例如,基站确定网络切片标识或者UE组标识对应的DRB,这样基站就可以在第二DRB上传输用户面数据,从而可以提高建立数据直接转发通道的准确性,进而可以提高接入网处数据直接转发的准确性。In a possible design, the user plane data further includes parameters used to determine the second DRB; the second radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identification and parameters of the terminal. The parameters used to determine the second DRB include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, a flow identifier QFI of a quality of service data stream, QoS index information, or QoS parameters. For example, the base station determines the DRB corresponding to the network slice ID or the UE group ID, so that the base station can transmit user plane data on the second DRB, which can improve the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel, and thus can improve the directness of data at the access network. The accuracy of forwarding.
在一种可能的设计中,在第二无线接入网设备接收第一无线接入网设备发送的用户面数据之前,第二无线接入网设备可以向第一终端设备和第二终端设备,以及核心网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息可以是RRC消息,也可以是广播消息,该第一消息用于指示用户面数据可以在该第一无线接入网设备处的数据直接转发。上述设计中,第一无线接入网设备可以建立数据直接转发通道,即DRB,从而可以提高建立数据直接转发通道的准确性,进而可以提高接入网处数据直接转发的准确性。In a possible design, before the second wireless access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first wireless access network device, the second wireless access network device may report to the first terminal device and the second terminal device, And the core network device sends a first message, which may be an RRC message or a broadcast message, and the first message is used to indicate that user plane data can be directly forwarded at the first radio access network device. In the above design, the first radio access network device can establish a direct data forwarding channel, that is, a DRB, so that the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be improved, and the accuracy of direct data forwarding at the access network can be improved.
在一种可能的设计中,第二无线接入网设备可以预先从核心网设备获取与用于确定第二DRB的参数对应的QoS参数。其中用于确定DRB的参数可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。例如,基站预先从核心网设备获取网络切片标识或者UE组标识对应的QoS参数,这样基站就可以在用户面数据传输过程中保证数据的QoS需求。In a possible design, the second radio access network device may obtain the QoS parameter corresponding to the parameter used to determine the second DRB from the core network device in advance. The parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters. For example, the base station obtains the QoS parameters corresponding to the network slice identifier or the UE group identifier from the core network device in advance, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
第六方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该通信方法用以实现终端间用户面数据的传输。该方法可以应用于包括无线接入网设备、第一终端设备以及第二终端设备的通信***中,其中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备均接入无线接入网设备。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which is used to realize the transmission of user plane data between terminals. The method can be applied to a communication system including a wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device and the second terminal device both access the wireless access network device.
该方法包括:无线接入网设备向核心网设备发送通知消息,该通知消息用于指示无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。当核心网设备确定第一终端设备的用户面数据能够在无线接入网设备处转发至第二终端设备时,核心网设备向无线接入网设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的第一PDU会话能够与第二终端设备的第二PDU会话在无线接入网设备处进行数据直接转发。The method includes: the wireless access network device sends a notification message to the core network device, where the notification message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to support direct data forwarding. When the core network device determines that the user plane data of the first terminal device can be forwarded to the second terminal device at the wireless access network device, the core network device sends instruction information to the wireless access network device, and the instruction information is used to indicate the first terminal device. The first PDU session of the terminal device and the second PDU session of the second terminal device can directly forward data at the radio access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,当上述方法应用于第一无线接入网设备、第二无线接入网设备、第一终端设备以及第二终端设备的通信***中,其中,第一终端设备接入第一无线接入网设备,第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备。上述方法中的无线接入网设备可以是第一无线接入网设备或者第二无线接入网设备。In a possible design, when the above method is applied to a communication system of a first wireless access network device, a second wireless access network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device, the first terminal device is connected to Enter the first wireless access network device, and the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device. The radio access network device in the foregoing method may be the first radio access network device or the second radio access network device.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备可以根据无线接入网设备发送的通知消息,确定无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。核心网设备在确定第一终端与第二终端能够在接入网处进行数据直接转发时指示无线接入网设备为第一终端的第一PDU会话以及第二终端的第二PDU会话建立数据直接转发通道,从而无线接入网设备可以在该数据直接转发通道上,将第一终端在第一PDU会话的资源上发送的用户面数据转发到第二PDU会话的资源上,并在第一PDU会话的资源上向第二终端发送该用户面数据,从而可以实现接入网处的数据直接转发。相比于现有技术中,终端间进行用户面数据传输时,即使发送侧终端与接收侧终端接入的是同一基站,或者接入同一AMF/UPF,依然需要将发送侧终端的数据发送至核心网,再由核心网转发回基站,基站再将数据发送给接收侧终端,本申请实施例中第一终端可以将数据发送至无线接入网设备,然后无线接入网设备转发给第二终端,可见本申 请实施例可以减少数据传输过程中的跳数,从而可以降低数据传输的时延,以及减少核心网的负载和资源开销,降低数据传输冗余。In the embodiment of the present application, the core network device may determine that the wireless access network device supports direct data forwarding according to the notification message sent by the wireless access network device. When determining that the first terminal and the second terminal can directly forward data at the access network, the core network device instructs the wireless access network device to establish the data directly for the first PDU session of the first terminal and the second PDU session of the second terminal. A forwarding channel, so that the radio access network device can forward the user plane data sent by the first terminal on the resources of the first PDU session to the resources of the second PDU session on the direct data forwarding channel, and send it to the resources of the second PDU session. The user plane data is sent to the second terminal on the resources of the session, so that the data at the access network can be directly forwarded. Compared with the prior art, when user plane data is transmitted between terminals, even if the transmitting terminal and the receiving terminal access the same base station, or access the same AMF/UPF, the data of the transmitting terminal still needs to be sent to The core network is then forwarded back to the base station by the core network, and the base station sends the data to the receiving terminal. In the embodiment of this application, the first terminal can send the data to the wireless access network device, and then the wireless access network device forwards it to the second For the terminal, it can be seen that the embodiment of the present application can reduce the number of hops in the data transmission process, thereby reducing the time delay of data transmission, reducing the load and resource overhead of the core network, and reducing data transmission redundancy.
在一种可能的设计中,核心网设备通过NAS消息将QoS索引信息和QoS参数之间的映射关系发送至终端设备,有助于终端设备在发起PDU会话时携带QoS参数,解决了核心网设备可能没有上述映射关系。In a possible design, the core network device sends the mapping relationship between the QoS index information and the QoS parameter to the terminal device through the NAS message, which helps the terminal device to carry the QoS parameter when initiating the PDU session, and solves the problem of the core network device. There may not be the above mapping relationship.
在一种可能的设计中,第二终端设备可以是终端设备群组,也就是说第一终端设备向终端设备群组发送用户面数据,这样第一终端设备在发起PDU会话时,PDU会话建立请求中可以包括终端群组的组标识。无线接入网设备在受到核心网设备发送的包含终端群组标识的PDU会话建立指示后,无线接入网设备在广播该终端群组标识对应的组播信道配置参数。当无线接入网设备接收到用户面数据后,之间在该组播信道中进行组播。本申请实施例给出触发无线接入网设备进行组播的机制。In a possible design, the second terminal device may be a terminal device group, that is, the first terminal device sends user plane data to the terminal device group, so that when the first terminal device initiates a PDU session, the PDU session is established The request may include the group identification of the terminal group. After the wireless access network device receives the PDU session establishment instruction including the terminal group identifier sent by the core network device, the wireless access network device broadcasts the multicast channel configuration parameters corresponding to the terminal group identifier. After the wireless access network devices receive the user plane data, they perform multicasting in the multicast channel. The embodiment of the present application provides a mechanism for triggering a radio access network device to perform multicast.
第七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是通信装置,也可以是通信装置内的芯片或芯片组,其中,通信装置可以是无线接入网设备或者核心网设备或者终端设备。该装置可以包括处理单元和收发单元。当该装置是通信装置时,该处理单元可以是处理器或者通信接口;该装置还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以是存储器;该存储单元用于存储指令,该处理单元执行该存储单元所存储的指令,以使无线接入网设备执行上述第一方面或第五方面或第六方面中相应的功能、或者使核心网设备执行上述第二方面或第六方面中相应的功能、或者使终端设备执行上述第三方面或第四方面或第五方面或第六方面中相应的功能。当该装置是网络设备内的芯片或芯片组时,该处理单元可以是处理器,该收发单元可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等;该处理单元执行存储单元所存储的指令,以使无线接入网设备执行上述第一方面或第五方面或第六方面中相应的功能、或者使核心网设备执行上述第二方面或第六方面中相应的功能、或者使终端设备执行上述第三方面或第四方面或第五方面或第六方面中相应的功能,该存储单元可以是该芯片或芯片组内的存储单元(例如,寄存器、缓存等),也可以是该通信装置内的位于该芯片或芯片组外部的存储单元(例如,只读存储器、随机存取存储器等)。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a communication device, or a chip or chipset in the communication device. The communication device may be a wireless access network device, a core network device, or a terminal device. . The device may include a processing unit and a transceiving unit. When the device is a communication device, the processing unit may be a processor or a communication interface; the device may also include a storage unit, and the storage unit may be a memory; the storage unit is used to store instructions, and the processing unit executes all instructions of the storage unit. Stored instructions to enable the radio access network device to perform the corresponding function in the first aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, or to enable the core network device to perform the corresponding function in the second or sixth aspect, or to enable The terminal device performs the corresponding function in the third aspect or the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect described above. When the device is a chip or chipset in a network device, the processing unit can be a processor, and the transceiver unit can be an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.; the processing unit executes the instructions stored in the storage unit to Make the radio access network device perform the corresponding function in the first aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, or make the core network device perform the corresponding function in the second or sixth aspect described above, or make the terminal device perform the first aspect described above. According to the corresponding function in the third aspect or the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, the storage unit may be a storage unit (for example, a register, a cache, etc.) in the chip or a chipset, or may be a storage unit in the communication device A storage unit (for example, read-only memory, random access memory, etc.) located outside the chip or chipset.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种无线接入网设备,包括:处理器、通信接口和存储器。通信接口用于该装置与其他装置之间传输信息、和/或消息、和/或数据。该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第一方面或第一方面中任一所述的方法、或者上述第三方面或第三方面中任一所述的方法、或者上述第四方面或第四方面中任一所述的方法、或者上述第五方面或第五方面中任一所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, this application provides a wireless access network device, including a processor, a communication interface, and a memory. The communication interface is used to transmit information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices. The memory is used to store computer-executable instructions. When the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to the first aspect or any one of the first aspects. Or the method of any one of the above third aspect or the third aspect, or the method of any one of the above fourth aspect or the fourth aspect, or the method of any one of the above fifth or fifth aspects .
第九方面,本申请提供了一种核心网设备,包括:处理器、通信接口和存储器。通信接口用于该装置与其他装置之间传输信息、和/或消息、和/或数据。该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第六方面或第六方面中任一所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, this application provides a core network device, including a processor, a communication interface, and a memory. The communication interface is used to transmit information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices. The memory is used to store computer-executable instructions. When the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to any one of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种终端设备,包括:处理器、收发器和存储器。收发器用于该装置与其他装置之间传输信息、和/或消息、和/或数据。该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第二方面或第二方面中任一所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, this application provides a terminal device, including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory. The transceiver is used to transmit information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices. The memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to any one of the second aspect or the second aspect.
第十一方面,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存 储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
第十二方面,本申请还提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In the twelfth aspect, this application also provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现第一方面、第一方面任一种可能设计、第二方面或第二方面任一种可能设计的方法、第三方面或第三方面任一种可能设计的方法、第四方面或第四方面任一种可能设计的方法、第五方面或第五方面任一种可能设计的方法、第六方面或第六方面任一种可能设计的方法。该芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In the thirteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing any possible design of the first aspect, the first aspect, the second aspect, or the second aspect. Any possible design method of the aspect, any possible design method of the third aspect or the third aspect, any possible design method of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect, any possible design of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect The method of design, the sixth aspect, or any possible design method of the sixth aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种基于集中式架构的无线接入网设备的用户面数据路由路径的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a user plane data routing path of a radio access network device based on a centralized architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信***的架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种AMF/UPF和无线接入网设备的连接关系的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a connection relationship between an AMF/UPF and a radio access network device according to an embodiment of the application;
图4A为本申请实施例提供的一种划分为CU和DU的无线接入网设备的结构示意图;4A is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network device divided into CU and DU according to an embodiment of the application;
图4B为本申请实施例提供的一种CU、DU、5GC、其他无线接入网设备的连接关系的示意图;4B is a schematic diagram of a connection relationship between CU, DU, 5GC, and other wireless access network equipment provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5A为本申请实施例提供的一种划分为CU-CP、CU-UP和DU的无线接入网设备的结构示意图;5A is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network device divided into CU-CP, CU-UP, and DU according to an embodiment of the application;
图5B为本申请实施例提供的一种划分为IAB node、IAB donor的无线接入网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 5B is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network device divided into IAB node and IAB donor according to an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种UE1向UE2发送用户面数据的PDU会话建立过程和数据传输流程的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session establishment process and a data transmission process for UE1 to send user plane data to UE2 according to an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种基于CU-CP、CU-UP和DU架构的无线接入网设备的用户面数据路由路径的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a user plane data routing path of a radio access network device based on the CU-CP, CU-UP, and DU architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8A和图8B为本申请实施例提供的一种通信***的架构示意图;8A and 8B are schematic diagrams of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种用于实现DRB建立的通信方法流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method for implementing DRB establishment according to an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备和接入网设备的协议栈示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a protocol stack of a terminal device and an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输方法流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13A和图13B为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备和接入网设备的协议栈示意图;13A and 13B are schematic diagrams of protocol stacks of another terminal device and access network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种建立数据直接转发通道过程的示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel provided by an embodiment of the application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种建立数据直接转发通道过程的示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of another process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel provided by an embodiment of the application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种建立数据直接转发通道过程的示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of another process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel provided by an embodiment of the application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图22为本申请实施例提供的一种接入网设备的结构示意图。FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present invention clearer, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be described clearly and completely in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention.
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可以适用于5G(第五代移动通信***)***,如采用新型无线接入技术(new radio access technology,New RAT)的接入网;云无线接入网(cloud radio access network,CRAN)等通信***。其中,5G***可以为非漫游场景,也可以为漫游场景。5G***可以用于服务化的架构,也可以用于基于接口的架构,这里不做具体限定。应理解,本申请实施例也可以适用于在未来通信(例如6G或者其他的网络中)等。The embodiments of this application provide a communication method, which can be applied to a 5G (fifth generation mobile communication system) system, such as an access network using new radio access technology (New RAT); cloud wireless access Access to the network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) and other communication systems. Among them, the 5G system can be a non-roaming scene or a roaming scene. The 5G system can be used for a service-oriented architecture or an interface-based architecture, which is not specifically limited here. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to future communications (for example, 6G or other networks).
本申请实施例提供的通信方法所适用通信***的架构中可以包括网络开放功能网元、策略控制功能网元、数据管理网元、应用功能网元、核心网接入和移动性管理功能网元、会话管理功能网元、终端设备、无线接入网设备、用户面功能网元和数据网络。核心网接入和移动性管理功能网元与终端设备之间可以通过N1接口相连,核心网接入和移动性管理功能网元与无线接入网设备之间可以通过N2接口相连,无线接入网设备与用户面功能网元之间可以通过N3接口相连,会话管理功能网元与用户面功能网元之间可以通过N4接口相连,用户面功能网元与数据网络之间可以通过N6接口相连,例如,如图2所示。接口名称只是一个示例说明,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。其中,通信***中的网元可以但不限于是5G架构中的网元。下面以5G架构中的网元为例对所述通信***中的各个网元的功能进行描述:The architecture of the communication system to which the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applicable may include network opening function network elements, policy control function network elements, data management network elements, application function network elements, core network access and mobility management function network elements. , Session management function network element, terminal equipment, wireless access network equipment, user plane function network element and data network. Core network access and mobility management function network elements and terminal equipment can be connected through N1 interface, core network access and mobility management function network elements and wireless access network equipment can be connected through N2 interface, wireless access Network equipment and user plane function network elements can be connected through N3 interface, session management function network elements and user plane function network elements can be connected through N4 interface, user plane function network elements and data network can be connected through N6 interface , For example, as shown in Figure 2. The interface name is only an example description, and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this. Among them, the network elements in the communication system may, but are not limited to, the network elements in the 5G architecture. The following describes the functions of each network element in the communication system by taking the network element in the 5G architecture as an example:
所述终端设备,又可以称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。例如,所述终端设备可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,所述终端设备可以是:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端,或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。The terminal equipment, which may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a way to provide users with voice and/or data connectivity Sexual equipment. For example, the terminal device may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like. At present, the terminal devices may be: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile Internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminals in ), wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, or wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
所述无线接入网设备可以为接入网(access network,AN),向所述终端设备提供无线接入服务。所述无线接入网设备是所述通信***中将所述终端设备接入到无线网络的设备。所述无线接入网设备为无线接入网中的节点,又可以称为基站,还可以称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。无线接入网设备可以是5G基站(next generation NodeB,gNB),或者也可以是下一代演进的基站(next generation evolved NodeB,ng-eNB)。The wireless access network device may be an access network (access network, AN), which provides wireless access services to the terminal device. The wireless access network device is a device that connects the terminal device to a wireless network in the communication system. The radio access network device is a node in a radio access network, which may also be called a base station, or may also be called a radio access network (RAN) node (or device). The radio access network device may be a 5G base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), or may also be a next generation evolved NodeB (ng-eNB).
所述数据网络,例如数据网络(data network,DN),可以是因特网(Internet)、IP多媒体业务(IP Multi-media Service,IMS)网络、区域网络(即本地网络,例如移动边缘计算(mobile edge computing,MEC)网络)等。所述数据网络中包括应用服务器,所述应用服务器通过与所述终端设备进行数据传输,为所述终端设备提供业务服务。The data network, such as a data network (DN), may be the Internet, an IP Multi-media Service (IMS) network, a regional network (ie a local network, such as a mobile edge computing (mobile edge computing) computing, MEC) network) and so on. The data network includes an application server, and the application server provides business services for the terminal device by performing data transmission with the terminal device.
所述核心网接入和移动性管理功能网元,可用于对所述终端设备的接入控制和移动性 进行管理,在实际应用中,其包括了长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)中网络框架中移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)里的移动性管理功能,并加入了接入管理功能,具体可以负责所述终端设备的注册、移动性管理、跟踪区更新流程、可达性检测、会话管理功能网元的选择、移动状态转换管理等。例如,在5G中,所述核心网接入和移动性管理功能网元可以是AMF(access and mobility management function)网元。在未来通信,如6G中,所述核心网接入和移动性管理功能网元仍可以是AMF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。当所述核心网接入和移动性管理功能网元是AMF网元时,所述AMF可以提供Namf服务。The core network access and mobility management function network element can be used to manage the access control and mobility of the terminal device. In practical applications, it includes the long term evolution (LTE) network The mobility management function in the mobility management entity (MME) in the framework, and the access management function is added, which can be specifically responsible for the registration of the terminal equipment, mobility management, tracking area update process, reachability detection, Session management function network element selection, mobile state transition management, etc. For example, in 5G, the core network access and mobility management function network element may be an AMF (access and mobility management function) network element. In future communications, such as 6G, the core network access and mobility management function network elements may still be AMF network elements or have other names, which are not limited by this application. When the core network access and mobility management function network element is an AMF network element, the AMF may provide Namf service.
所述用户面功能网元,可用于分组路由和转发、支持上行链路分类器以将业务流路由到数据网络的实例、支持分支点以支持多宿主分组数据单元(packet data unit,PDU)会话、用户平面的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理、下行数据包缓冲和下行数据通知触发等。例如,在5G中,所述用户面功能网元可以是UPF(user plane function)网元,在未来通信,如6G中,所述用户面功能网元仍可以是UPF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。The user plane function network element can be used for packet routing and forwarding, supporting uplink classifiers to route service flows to instances of data networks, and supporting branch points to support multi-homed packet data unit (PDU) sessions , User plane quality of service (quality of service, QoS) processing, downlink data packet buffering, and downlink data notification triggering, etc. For example, in 5G, the user plane function network element may be a UPF (user plane function) network element. In future communications, such as 6G, the user plane function network element may still be a UPF network element, or there may be other The name is not limited in this application.
所述会话管理功能网元,可用于负责所述终端设备的会话管理(包括会话的建立、修改和释放),用户面功能网元的选择和重选、所述终端设备的互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配、QoS控制等。例如,在5G中,所述会话管理功能网元可以是SMF(session management function)网元,在未来通信,如6G中,所述会话管理功能网元仍可以是SMF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。当会话管理功能网元是SMF网元时,所述SMF可以提供Nsmf服务。The session management function network element can be used to be responsible for the session management of the terminal device (including the establishment, modification and release of the session), the selection and reselection of the user plane function network element, and the internet protocol of the terminal device. , IP) address allocation, QoS control, etc. For example, in 5G, the session management function network element may be an SMF (session management function) network element. In future communications, such as 6G, the session management function network element may still be an SMF network element, or there may be other The name is not limited in this application. When the session management function network element is an SMF network element, the SMF can provide the Nsmf service.
所述策略控制功能网元,可用于负责策略控制决策、提供基于业务数据流和应用检测、门控、QoS和基于流的计费控制等功能等。例如,在5G中,所述策略控制功能网元可以是PCF(policy control function)网元,在未来通信,如6G中,所述策略控制功能网元仍可以是PCF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。当所述策略控制功能网元是PCF网元,所述PCF网元可以提供Npcf服务。The policy control function network element can be used to be responsible for policy control decision-making, to provide functions such as service data flow and application detection, gating control, QoS, and flow-based charging control. For example, in 5G, the policy control function network element may be a PCF (policy control function) network element. In future communications, such as 6G, the policy control function network element may still be a PCF network element, or there may be other The name is not limited in this application. When the policy control function network element is a PCF network element, the PCF network element may provide the Npcf service.
所述应用功能网元,主要功能是与第三代合作伙伴计划(the 3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)核心网交互来提供服务,来影响业务流路由、接入网能力开放、策略控制等。例如,在5G中,所述应用功能网元可以是AF(application function)网元,在未来通信,如6G中,所述应用功能网元仍可以是AF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。当所述应用功能网元是AF网元时,所述AF网元可以提供Naf服务。The main function of the application function network element is to interact with the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) core network to provide services to influence service flow routing, access network capability opening, policy control, etc. For example, in 5G, the application function network element may be an AF (application function) network element. In future communications, such as 6G, the application function network element may still be an AF network element or have other names. The application is not limited. When the application function network element is an AF network element, the AF network element may provide Naf services.
所述数据管理网元,可用于管理所述终端设备的签约数据、与所述终端设备相关的注册信息等。例如,在5G中,所述数据管理网元可以是统一数据管理网元(unified data management,UDM),在未来通信,如6G中,所述数据管理网元仍可以是UDM网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。当所述数据管理网元是UDM网元时,所述UDM网元可以提供Nudm服务。The data management network element may be used to manage subscription data of the terminal device, registration information related to the terminal device, and the like. For example, in 5G, the data management network element may be a unified data management network element (unified data management, UDM). In future communications, such as 6G, the data management network element may still be a UDM network element, or Other names are not limited in this application. When the data management network element is a UDM network element, the UDM network element may provide Nudm services.
所述网络开放功能网元,可用于使3GPP能够安全地向第三方的AF(例如,业务能力服务器(Services Capability Server,SCS)、应用服务器(Application Server,AS)等)提供网络业务能力等。例如,在5G中,所述网络开放功能网元可以是NEF(network exposure function),在未来通信,如6G中,所述网络开放功能网元仍可以是NEF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。当所述网络开放功能网元是NEF时,所述NEF可以向其他网 络功能网元提供Nnef服务。The network open function network element can be used to enable 3GPP to safely provide network service capabilities to third-party AF (for example, Service Capability Server (SCS), Application Server (AS), etc.). For example, in 5G, the network opening function network element may be NEF (network exposure function). In future communications, such as 6G, the network opening function network element may still be a NEF network element or have other names. This application is not limited. When the network opening function network element is NEF, the NEF can provide Nnef services to other network function network elements.
另外***架构还可以包括其他网元,如网络切片选择功能网元(network slice selection function,NSSF)、网络功能存储功能网元(NF repository function,NRF)、认证服务器功能网元(authentication server function,AUSF)等等,这里不再一一列举。In addition, the system architecture can also include other network elements, such as network slice selection function (NSSF), network function storage function (NF repository function, NRF), authentication server function network element (authentication server function, AUSF) Wait, I won't list them all here.
以上各个网元也可以称为功能实体,既可以是在专用硬件上实现的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件实例,或者是在适当平台上虚拟化功能的实例,例如,上述虚拟化平台可以为云平台。Each of the above network elements can also be called functional entities, which can be network elements implemented on dedicated hardware, software instances running on dedicated hardware, or instances of virtualized functions on an appropriate platform, for example, the above The virtualization platform may be a cloud platform.
AMF/UPF和无线接入网设备间的接口为NG口(NG-C/NG-U口),不同无线接入网设备间通过Xn口连接。以无线接入网设备为gNB或者ng-eNB为例,AMF/UPF和无线接入网设备、以及不同AMF/UPF和无线接入网设备的连接关系可以如图3所示。The interface between AMF/UPF and wireless access network equipment is NG port (NG-C/NG-U port), and different wireless access network equipment is connected through Xn port. Taking the radio access network device as a gNB or ng-eNB as an example, the connection relationship between the AMF/UPF and the radio access network device, as well as different AMF/UPF and the radio access network device may be as shown in FIG. 3.
示例性的,本申请实施例中的无线接入网设备可以根据协议栈功能将无线接入网设备拆分为两个部分:集中单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布单元(distributed unit,DU),也可以分别被称为gNB-CU和gNB-DU。其中,一个无线接入网设备可以包含一个CU、以及至少一个DU,如图4A所示。CU与至少一个DU连接,可以用于管理或者控制该至少一个DU。这种结构可以将通信***中无线接入网设备的协议层拆开,其中部分协议层功能在CU中实现,剩下部分或全部协议层功能分布在DU中实现,由CU集中控制DU。以无线接入网设备为gNB为例,gNB的协议层包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层、业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体访问控制子层(media access control,MAC)层和物理层。其中,示例性的,CU可以用于实现RRC层、SDAP层和PDCP层的功能,DU可以用于实现RLC层、MAC层和物理层的功能。本申请实施例不对CU、DU包括的协议栈做具体限定。CU和DU之间可以采用F1接口进行连接,CU与其他的无线接入网设备采用Xn接口连接,CU与5G核心网(5G Core,5GC)之间采用NG接口连接,如图4B所示。Exemplarily, the radio access network device in the embodiment of the present application may split the radio access network device into two parts according to the protocol stack function: a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) , Can also be called gNB-CU and gNB-DU respectively. Among them, one radio access network device may include one CU and at least one DU, as shown in FIG. 4A. The CU is connected to at least one DU and can be used to manage or control the at least one DU. This structure can disassemble the protocol layer of the wireless access network equipment in the communication system, in which part of the protocol layer functions are implemented in the CU, and the remaining part or all of the protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU, and the CU centrally controls the DU. Taking the gNB as an example of the radio access network device, the protocol layer of gNB includes the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, and the packet data aggregation protocol (packet data). The convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control sublayer (media access control, MAC) layer, and the physical layer. Among them, exemplarily, the CU may be used to implement the functions of the RRC layer, the SDAP layer, and the PDCP layer, and the DU may be used to implement the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the protocol stack included in the CU and DU. CU and DU can be connected by F1 interface, CU and other wireless access network equipment can be connected by Xn interface, CU and 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) can be connected by NG interface, as shown in Figure 4B.
示例性的,本申请实施例中的CU可以进一步分为一个控制面(CU-control plane,CU-CP)网元和至少一个用户面(CU-user plane,CU-UP)网元。其中,CU-CP可以用于控制面管理,CU-UP可以用于用户面数据传输。CU-CP与CU-UP之间的接口可以为E1口。CU-CP与DU之间的接口可以为F1-C,用于控制面信令的传输。CU-UP与DU之间的接口可以为F1-U,用于用户面数据传输。CU-UP与CU-UP之间可以通过Xn-U口进行连接,进行用户面数据传输。例如,以gNB为例,gNB的结构可以如图5A所示。Exemplarily, the CU in the embodiment of the present application may be further divided into a control plane (CU-control plane, CU-CP) network element and at least one user plane (CU-user plane, CU-UP) network element. Among them, CU-CP can be used for control plane management, and CU-UP can be used for user plane data transmission. The interface between CU-CP and CU-UP can be an E1 port. The interface between CU-CP and DU can be F1-C, which is used for the transmission of control plane signaling. The interface between CU-UP and DU can be F1-U, which is used for user plane data transmission. CU-UP and CU-UP can be connected through the Xn-U port for user plane data transmission. For example, taking gNB as an example, the structure of gNB may be as shown in FIG. 5A.
示例性地,以无线接入网设备为IAB节点和IAB宿主为例,IAB节点和IAB宿主(IABdonor)、以及CN和UE的连接关系可以如图5B所示。在图5B所示的IAB网络中,IAB节点(IAB node)可以为用户设备提供无线接入服务,UE的业务数据由IAB节点通过无线回传链路连接到IAB宿主(IAB donor)传输,IAB donor也可称为宿主节点(donor node)或宿主基站(DgNB,Donor gNodeB)。IAB节点可以由MT(mobile termination,移动终端)部分和DU(distributed unit,DU)部分组成,其中,当IAB节点面向其父节点时,可以作为终端设备,即MT的角色;当IAB面向其子节点(子节点可能是另一IAB节点,或者普通UE)时,其被视为网络设备,即作为DU的角色。宿主基站DgNB可以是一个具有完整基站功能的接入网网元,还可以是集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)分离形态的接入网网元,宿主基站连接到为UE服务的核心网(例 如连接到5G核心网,5GC)网元,并为IAB节点提供无线回传功能。Exemplarily, taking the radio access network device as an IAB node and an IAB host as an example, the connection relationship between the IAB node and the IAB donor (IABdonor), as well as the CN and the UE may be as shown in FIG. 5B. In the IAB network shown in Figure 5B, the IAB node (IAB node) can provide wireless access services for the user equipment, and the service data of the UE is transmitted by the IAB node through the wireless backhaul link to the IAB donor (IAB donor). The donor may also be called a donor node (donor node) or a donor base station (DgNB, Donor gNodeB). The IAB node can be composed of an MT (mobile termination, mobile terminal) part and a DU (distributed unit, DU) part. When the IAB node faces its parent node, it can act as a terminal device, that is, the role of MT; when the IAB faces its child When a node (the child node may be another IAB node, or an ordinary UE), it is regarded as a network device, that is, it acts as a DU. The donor base station DgNB can be an access network element with complete base station functions, or it can be an access network element in the form of a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) separated form, the donor base station Connect to the core network (for example, connected to the 5G core network, 5GC) network element serving the UE, and provide the wireless backhaul function for the IAB node.
下面以gNB下有UE1和UE2两个终端为例,对目前PDU会话建立和数据传输流程进行说明,如图6所示。In the following, taking UE1 and UE2 under the gNB as an example, the current PDU session establishment and data transmission process will be described, as shown in FIG. 6.
S601,UE1在向UE2发送用户面数据之前,向gNB发送PDU会话建立请求,该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立UE1的PDU会话1。S601: Before sending user plane data to UE2, UE1 sends a PDU session establishment request to gNB, where the PDU session establishment request is used to request establishment of PDU session 1 of UE1.
S602,gNB将UE1发送的PDU会话建立请求转发给AMF。S602: The gNB forwards the PDU session establishment request sent by the UE1 to the AMF.
S603,AMF、UPF等核心网网元以及DN为PDU会话1分配核心网资源(例如上行用户面数据通道地址等等)。S603, core network elements such as AMF, UPF, and DN allocate core network resources (for example, uplink user plane data channel address, etc.) for PDU session 1.
S604,AMF向gNB发送PDU会话建立响应,以通知gNB核心网网元为PDU会话1分配的核心网资源。S604: The AMF sends a PDU session establishment response to the gNB to notify the gNB core network element of the core network resources allocated for the PDU session 1.
S605,gNB收到AMF的PDU会话建立响应信息后,为PDU会话1分配资源,如为PDU会话1的一个或多个数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)配置服务数据适应协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC,)层、介质访问控制层(MAC,Medium Access Control)层和物理(PHY,Physical layer)层等实体,为PDU会话1分配下行用户面通道地址等。S605. After receiving the AMF PDU session establishment response message, the gNB allocates resources for PDU session 1, such as configuring service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation) for one or more data radio bearers (DRB) of PDU session 1. protocol, SDAP) layer, packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio link control (RLC,) layer, medium access control (MAC, Medium Access Control) layer, and physical (PHY) , Physical layer) and other entities to allocate downlink user plane channel addresses and so on for PDU session 1.
S606,gNB将相关配置参数发给UE1,相关配置参数为gNB为PDU会话1分配的资源的参数。S606: The gNB sends relevant configuration parameters to UE1, and the relevant configuration parameters are parameters of resources allocated by the gNB for PDU session 1.
S607,UE1基于收到的参数配置相应的DRB,例如为各个DRB配置SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层实体等。S607: UE1 configures the corresponding DRB based on the received parameters, for example, configures SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer entities for each DRB.
UE1到DN的PDU会话1成功建立。The PDU session 1 from UE1 to DN is successfully established.
S608,UE1在PDU会话1的资源上传输要发给UE2的用户面数据,用户面数据经空口发送至gNB,gNB将用户面数据发送至UPF,UPF将数据发送至DN。S608, UE1 transmits the user plane data to be sent to UE2 on the resource of PDU session 1, the user plane data is sent to the gNB via the air interface, the gNB sends the user plane data to the UPF, and the UPF sends the data to the DN.
DN解析出用户面数据的目的节点(UE2),若UE2的接收用户面数据的PDU会话2还未建立,则执行步骤S609。其中,UE2可以处于连接态,也可以处于空闲态。进一步的,若UE2处于空闲态,在执行步骤S609之前,核心网设备、无线接入网设备可以依次发起寻呼,UE2收到寻呼,与gNB建立RRC连接。The DN parses out the destination node (UE2) of the user plane data. If the PDU session 2 for receiving the user plane data of the UE2 has not been established, step S609 is executed. Among them, UE2 can be in a connected state or in an idle state. Further, if the UE2 is in an idle state, before performing step S609, the core network device and the radio access network device may initiate paging in sequence, and the UE2 receives the paging and establishes an RRC connection with the gNB.
S609,DN触发AMF建立PDU会话2,为PDU会话2分配核心网资源,并将向gNB发送PDU会话建立请求,该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立PDU会话2。S609: The DN triggers the AMF to establish the PDU session 2, allocates core network resources for the PDU session 2, and sends a PDU session establishment request to the gNB. The PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the PDU session 2.
S610,gNB收到AMF的UE2PDU会话建立请求后,为PDU会话2分配资源,如为PDU会话2的一个或多个数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)配置服务数据适应协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC,)层、介质访问控制层(MAC,Medium Access Control)层和物理(PHY,Physical layer)层等实体,为PDU会话2分配下行用户面通道地址等。S610: After receiving the UE2PDU session establishment request from AMF, the gNB allocates resources for PDU session 2, such as configuring service data adaptation protocol for one or more data radio bearers (DRB) of PDU session 2. , SDAP) layer, packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio link control (RLC,) layer, medium access control layer (MAC, Medium Access Control) layer and physical (PHY, Physical layer) and other entities allocate downlink user plane channel addresses and so on for PDU session 2.
S611,gNB将相关配置参数发给UE2,相关配置参数为gNB为PDU会话2分配的资源的参数。S611: The gNB sends relevant configuration parameters to UE2, and the relevant configuration parameters are parameters of resources allocated by the gNB for PDU session 2.
S612,UE2基于收到的参数配置相应的DRB,例如为各个DRB配置SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层实体等。S612, UE2 configures corresponding DRBs based on the received parameters, for example, configures SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer entities for each DRB.
UE2的PDU会话2成功建立。UE2's PDU session 2 is successfully established.
S613,DN在PDU会话2的资源上传输要发送给UE2的用户面数据。示例性的,DN可以解析出用户面数据的目的节点(UE2),并在UE2的用于接收用户面数据的PDU会话2的资源上将用户面数据路由至与UE2相关的UPF。UPF将来自UE1的用户面数据根据已建立的PDU会话2的下行用户面通道路由给gNB,gNB进而转发给UE2。S613: The DN transmits the user plane data to be sent to UE2 on the resources of the PDU session 2. Exemplarily, the DN can parse out the destination node (UE2) of the user plane data, and route the user plane data to the UPF related to the UE2 on the resource of the PDU session 2 for receiving the user plane data of the UE2. The UPF routes the user plane data from UE1 to the gNB according to the downlink user plane channel of the established PDU session 2, and the gNB then forwards it to UE2.
从图6可以看出,PDU会话的建立过程是为用户面的数据传输配置核心网资源和接入网资源的过程,PDU会话的建立涉及到从UE到DN之间的多个网元。It can be seen from Figure 6 that the process of establishing a PDU session is a process of configuring core network resources and access network resources for user plane data transmission. The establishment of a PDU session involves multiple network elements from the UE to the DN.
若两个终端(例如UE1和UE2)接入同一个无线接入网设备,UE1和UE2进行用户面数据传输时,UE1的PDU会话1以及UE2的PDU会话2建立后,UE1首先在PDU会话1的资源上将用户面数据发送给gNB,gNB再将用户面数据在PDU会话1的资源上转发给UPF,UPF再将用户面数据在PDU会话1的资源上转发给DN,DN再将用户面数据在PDU会话2的资源上转发给UPF,UPF再将用户面数据在PDU会话2的资源上转发至gNB,gNB最终将用户面数据在PDU会话2的资源上转发给UE2,如图1所示。If two terminals (such as UE1 and UE2) access the same radio access network device, when UE1 and UE2 perform user plane data transmission, after UE1's PDU session 1 and UE2's PDU session 2 are established, UE1 first enters PDU session 1. The user plane data is sent to the gNB on the resources of the PDU, and the gNB forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 1 to UPF. UPF then forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 1 to the DN. The DN then forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 1. The data is forwarded to UPF on the resources of PDU session 2, and UPF then forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 2 to gNB, and gNB finally forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 2 to UE2, as shown in Figure 1. Show.
类似的,对于图4A或图4B或图5A所示的分离式无线接入网设备架构,若两个终端接入同一个无线接入网设备的不同DU(假设UE1接入gNB-DU1,UE2接入gNB-DU2),UE1和UE2进行用户面数据传输时,UE1的PDU会话1以及UE2的PDU会话2建立后,UE1首先在PDU会话1的资源上将用户面数据发送给gNB-DU1,gNB-DU1再将用户面数据转发给gNB-CU或gNB-CU-UP,gNB-CU或gNB-CU-UP再在PDU会话1的资源上将用户面数据转发给UPF,UPF再将用户面数据在PDU会话1的资源上转发给DN。DN再将用户面数据在PDU会话2的资源上转发给UPF,UPF再将用户面数据在PDU会话2的资源上转发至gNB-CU或gNB-CU-UP,gNB-CU或gNB-CU-UP将数据转发给gNB-DU2,gNB-DU2最终将用户面数据在PDU会话2的资源上转发给UE2,如图7所示。Similarly, for the separated radio access network device architecture shown in Figure 4A or Figure 4B or Figure 5A, if two terminals access different DUs of the same radio access network device (assuming UE1 accesses gNB-DU1, UE2 Access gNB-DU2), when UE1 and UE2 are transmitting user plane data, after UE1's PDU session 1 and UE2's PDU session 2 are established, UE1 first sends the user plane data to gNB-DU1 on the resources of PDU session 1. gNB-DU1 forwards the user plane data to gNB-CU or gNB-CU-UP, gNB-CU or gNB-CU-UP then forwards the user plane data to UPF on the resources of PDU session 1, and UPF then forwards the user plane The data is forwarded to the DN on the resources of PDU session 1. The DN then forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 2 to UPF, and UPF forwards the user plane data on the resources of PDU session 2 to gNB-CU or gNB-CU-UP, gNB-CU or gNB-CU- UP forwards the data to gNB-DU2, and gNB-DU2 finally forwards the user plane data to UE2 on the resources of PDU session 2, as shown in Figure 7.
从上述过程可知,两个终端间进行用户面数据传输时,即使两个终端接入同一无线接入网,也需要将终端的用户数据发送至DN,再由DN转发回无线接入网,无线接入网再将用户面数据发送给目的端终端,这样做增加了数据传输的跳数和时延,核心网的负载和资源开销增大,存在数据传输冗余。It can be seen from the above process that when the user plane data is transmitted between two terminals, even if the two terminals are connected to the same wireless access network, the user data of the terminal needs to be sent to the DN and then forwarded back to the wireless access network by the DN. The access network then sends the user plane data to the destination terminal, which increases the number of hops and delays in data transmission, increases the load and resource overhead of the core network, and has data transmission redundancy.
基于此,本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用以解决现有技术中存在的两个终端设备进行用户面数据传输时传输过程冗余,造成传输时延较大的问题。其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。Based on this, the present application provides a communication method and device to solve the problem of redundancy in the transmission process when two terminal devices perform user plane data transmission in the prior art, which causes a large transmission delay. Among them, the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
参见图8A所示,为本申请实施例可应用的通信***,在图8A所示出的通信***中包括核心网设备(5GC)、无线接入网设备(RAN)、UE1和UE2。假设无线接入网设备中Node-X支持数据直接转发,即数据不再发送至核心网网元、DN等,而是Node-X直接将来自UE1的数据发送至UE2。Node-X可以指基站(gNB),如图8A中的(a)所示。若一个无线接入网设备包含一个CU、以及至少一个DU,Node-X可以指DU,如图8A中的(b)所示。Node-X可以指IAB架构的IAB节点。Refer to FIG. 8A, which is a communication system applicable to the embodiment of this application. The communication system shown in FIG. 8A includes a core network device (5GC), a radio access network device (RAN), UE1 and UE2. Assume that Node-X in the radio access network equipment supports direct data forwarding, that is, data is no longer sent to core network elements, DN, etc., but Node-X directly sends data from UE1 to UE2. Node-X may refer to a base station (gNB), as shown in (a) in FIG. 8A. If a radio access network device includes one CU and at least one DU, Node-X may refer to DU, as shown in (b) in FIG. 8A. Node-X can refer to the IAB node of the IAB architecture.
基于图8A所示的通信***,无线接入网设备在接收到UE1的用户面数据后,可以通过数据直接转发通道在无线接入网设备处将该用户面数据转发给UE2,可见,当UE1和UE2接入同一无线接入网设备时,UE1的用户面数据可以不用经过核心网网元、DN等进行转发,从而可以减少数据传输的跳数,进而可以降低数据传输的时延,降低数据传输过程的冗余,并且,还可以降低核心网的负载和资源开销。Based on the communication system shown in FIG. 8A, after the radio access network device receives the user plane data of UE1, it can forward the user plane data to UE2 at the radio access network device through the direct data forwarding channel. It can be seen that when UE1 When accessing the same radio access network device as UE2, the user plane data of UE1 can be forwarded without passing through core network elements, DN, etc., which can reduce the number of hops in data transmission, thereby reducing data transmission delay and data The redundancy of the transmission process can also reduce the load and resource overhead of the core network.
参见图8B所示,为本申请实施例可应用的通信***,在图8B所示出的通信***中包括核心网设备(5GC)、第一无线接入网设备、第二无线接入网设备、UE1和UE2。假设第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备中Node-X支持数据直接转发,即数据不再发送至核心网网元、DN等,而是直接将来自UE1的数据发送至UE2。Node-X可以指基站(gNB1和gNB2),如图8B中的(a)所示,例如UE1的数据通过gNB1和gNB2发送至UE2,即UE1->gNB1->gNB2->UE2。其中,gNB1和gNB2之间预先建立了用于数据转发的用户面隧道。Refer to FIG. 8B, which is a communication system applicable to the embodiment of this application. The communication system shown in FIG. 8B includes a core network device (5GC), a first wireless access network device, and a second wireless access network device. , UE1 and UE2. Assume that Node-X in the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device supports direct data forwarding, that is, the data is no longer sent to the core network element, DN, etc., but the data from UE1 is directly sent to UE2 . Node-X may refer to base stations (gNB1 and gNB2), as shown in (a) in FIG. 8B. For example, the data of UE1 is sent to UE2 through gNB1 and gNB2, that is, UE1->gNB1->gNB2->UE2. Among them, a user plane tunnel for data forwarding is pre-established between gNB1 and gNB2.
在其它可能的实施例中,若一个无线接入网设备包含一个CU、以及至少一个DU,Node-X可以指图8B中的(b)所示的DU1和DU2,或者可以指图8B中的(c)所示的DU1和DU2。如图8B中的(b)所示,UE1的数据经过DU1,公共的CU(或者CU1->CU2),再经过DU2转发给UE2,即UE1->DU1->CU->DU2->UE2。如图8B中的(c)所示,UE1的数据经过DU1,CU1、CU2,再经过DU2转发给UE2,即UE1->DU1->CU1->CU2->DU2->UE2。In other possible embodiments, if a radio access network device includes one CU and at least one DU, Node-X can refer to DU1 and DU2 shown in (b) in Figure 8B, or can refer to DU1 and DU2 in Figure 8B (c) DU1 and DU2 shown. As shown in (b) in FIG. 8B, the data of UE1 passes through DU1, the common CU (or CU1->CU2), and then is forwarded to UE2 through DU2, namely UE1->DU1->CU->DU2->UE2. As shown in (c) in FIG. 8B, the data of UE1 passes through DU1, CU1, CU2, and then forwards to UE2 through DU2, that is, UE1->DU1->CU1->CU2->DU2->UE2.
在一些可能的实施例中,Node-X还可以指IAB架构的IAB节点,Node-X可以指图8B中的(d)所示的IAB node1和IAB node2,或者可以指图8B中的(e)所示IAB node1和IAB node2。如图8B中的(d)所示,UE1的数据经过IAB node1、IABdonor,再经过IAB node2转发给UE2,即UE1->IAB node1->IAB dornor->IAB node2->UE2。如图8B中的(e)所示,UE1的数据经过IAB node1、IAB donor1、IAB donor2,再经过IAB node2转发给UE2,即UE1->IAB node1->IAB dornor1->IAB dornor2->IAB node2->UE2。In some possible embodiments, Node-X may also refer to IAB nodes of the IAB architecture, Node-X may refer to IAB node1 and IAB node2 shown in (d) in FIG. 8B, or may refer to (e ) Shows IAB node1 and IAB node2. As shown in (d) in Figure 8B, the data of UE1 passes through IAB node1, IABdonor, and then forwards to UE2 through IAB node2, that is, UE1->IAB node1->IAB Dornor->IAB node2->UE2. As shown in (e) in Figure 8B, the data of UE1 passes through IAB node1, IAB donor1, IAB donor2, and then forwards to UE2 through IAB node2, namely UE1->IAB node1->IAB Dornor1->IAB Dornor2->IAB node2 ->UE2.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that as the network architecture evolves As with the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例中部分场景以图8A和图8B所示的无线通信网络为例进行说明,应当指出的是,本申请实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他无线通信网络中,相应的名称也可以用其他无线通信网络中的对应功能的名称进行替代。Some scenarios in the embodiments of this application are illustrated by taking the wireless communication networks shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B as examples. It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding names are also It can be replaced by the names of corresponding functions in other wireless communication networks.
结合前面的描述,如图9所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图。参见图9,该方法包括:In combination with the foregoing description, as shown in FIG. 9, it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 9, the method includes:
步骤901,终端设备向无线接入网设备发送建立请求消息,该建立请求消息用于请求建立DRB,其中,该建立请求消息包括用于确定DRB的第一参数,该建立请求消息所请求建立的DRB为用于数据直接转发的专用DRB。所谓用于数据直接转发的专用DRB是指发送侧终端设备通过发送侧终端设备和无线接入网设备之间的DRB将用户面数据发送至无线接入网设备,无线接入网设备会通过与接收侧终端设备之间的DRB,将该用户面数据发送至接收侧终端设备。Step 901: The terminal device sends an establishment request message to the radio access network device. The establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB. The establishment request message includes a first parameter for determining the DRB. DRB is a dedicated DRB used for direct data forwarding. The so-called dedicated DRB for direct data forwarding means that the sending-side terminal device sends user plane data to the wireless access network device through the DRB between the sending-side terminal device and the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device will communicate with the wireless access network device. The DRB between the terminal devices on the receiving side sends the user plane data to the terminal device on the receiving side.
具体地,终端设备可以通过已有的RRC消息请求建立该DRB,也可以采用新定义的RRC消息请求建立该DRB。在一种可能的实施例中,终端设备可以在建立请求消息中(例 如上行RRC消息)携带用于指示该DRB用于数据直接转发的指示信息。Specifically, the terminal device may request the establishment of the DRB through an existing RRC message, or may use a newly defined RRC message to request the establishment of the DRB. In a possible embodiment, the terminal device may carry indication information used to indicate that the DRB is used for direct data forwarding in the establishment request message (for example, an uplink RRC message).
具体地,RRC消息可以是终端设备的非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)触发RRC层产生的消息。即终端设备的NAS层向低层(lower layer)即RRC层发送第一指示,该第一指示用于通知RRC层向无线接入网设备申请建立DRB。RRC层收到第一指示后,生成上行RRC消息,并向无线接入网设备发送该RRC消息。Specifically, the RRC message may be a message generated by the RRC layer triggered by the non-access stratum (NAS) of the terminal device. That is, the NAS layer of the terminal device sends a first instruction to the lower layer, that is, the RRC layer, and the first instruction is used to notify the RRC layer to apply to the radio access network device to establish a DRB. After receiving the first instruction, the RRC layer generates an uplink RRC message, and sends the RRC message to the radio access network device.
在一种可能的实施例中,用于确定DRB的第一参数可以包含以下信息中的一个或多个:网络切片标识(slice ID),UE所属UE组标识,服务质量(QoS)参数、QoS index(服务质量索引)、QFI、用于指示该DRB用于数据直接转发的指示信息。从而无线接入网设备可以确定与该第一参数对应的DRB。In a possible embodiment, the first parameter used to determine the DRB may include one or more of the following information: network slice ID (slice ID), UE group ID to which the UE belongs, quality of service (QoS) parameters, QoS index (quality of service index), QFI, indication information used to indicate that the DRB is used for direct data forwarding. Therefore, the radio access network device can determine the DRB corresponding to the first parameter.
在一种可能的实施例中,核心网设备(例如AMF)可以预先将QoS参数和QoS index之间的映射关系,或者是QoS参数和QFI之间的映射关系,通过NAS消息通知至终端设备。例如核心网设备在向终端设备发送的注册接受消息中包含上述映射关系。终端设备利用该映射关系,确定与业务的QoS参数相对应的QoS index,并在建立请求消息中将QoSindex或QFI上报至无线接入网设备。In a possible embodiment, the core network device (for example, AMF) may notify the terminal device of the mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the QoS index, or the mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the QFI in advance through a NAS message. For example, the core network device includes the foregoing mapping relationship in the registration acceptance message sent to the terminal device. The terminal device uses the mapping relationship to determine the QoS index corresponding to the QoS parameters of the service, and reports the QoS index or QFI to the radio access network device in the establishment request message.
步骤902,无线接入网设备根据用于确定DRB的第一参数,确定QoS参数,其中,该QoS参数与DRB相对应。Step 902: The radio access network device determines a QoS parameter according to the first parameter used to determine the DRB, where the QoS parameter corresponds to the DRB.
在一种可能的实施例中,上述方法还可以包括步骤904,核心网设备(例如AMF)可以预先将QoS参数和QoS index之间的映射关系,或者是QoS参数和QFI之间的映射关系,通过AMF和无线接入网设备之间的接口(例如NG接口)通知至无线接入网设备。假设用户面数据中的第一参数为QoS index,则无线接入网设备可以根据QoS index确定出对应的QoS参数,以实现在数据传输过程中保障终端业务的QoS需求。在步骤904之前,上述方法还可以包括步骤905,无线接入设备向核心网设备上报支持数据直接转发,或者向核心网设备请求QoS参数和QoS index/QFI之间的映射关系。In a possible embodiment, the above method may further include step 904. The core network device (for example, AMF) may pre-determine the mapping relationship between QoS parameters and QoS index, or the mapping relationship between QoS parameters and QFI, It is notified to the wireless access network device through the interface between the AMF and the wireless access network device (for example, the NG interface). Assuming that the first parameter in the user plane data is the QoS index, the radio access network device can determine the corresponding QoS parameter according to the QoS index, so as to ensure the QoS requirements of terminal services during the data transmission process. Before step 904, the above method may further include step 905: the wireless access device reports to the core network device that it supports direct data forwarding, or requests the core network device for the mapping relationship between QoS parameters and QoS index/QFI.
步骤903,无线接入网设备向终端设备发送建立响应消息,该建立响应消息用于指示DRB成功建立。其中,建立响应消息中可以包括DRB的配置信息,例如包括以下信息中的一个或多个:DRB标识、逻辑信道标识、PDCP配置信息、SDAP配置信息、RLC配置信息、MAC配置信息、PHY配置信息等。Step 903: The radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established. Wherein, the establishment response message may include DRB configuration information, for example, including one or more of the following information: DRB identification, logical channel identification, PDCP configuration information, SDAP configuration information, RLC configuration information, MAC configuration information, PHY configuration information Wait.
在一种可能的实施例中,图9所示的通信方法中在执行步骤901之前,终端设备还可以通过下述方法中的任意一种或多种方式,确定无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发,即支持建立用于数据直接转发的专用DRB。In a possible embodiment, before step 901 is performed in the communication method shown in FIG. 9, the terminal device may also determine that the wireless access network device supports data direct through any one or more of the following methods. Forwarding, that is, supporting the establishment of a dedicated DRB for direct data forwarding.
方式一,无线接入网设备广播自身是否支持数据直接转发,例如无线接入网设备在***消息(例如MIB或SIB1)中携带指示支持数据直接转发(local switch supported)的指示信息。针对指示信息,一种可能的形式是,定义新信元为local switch supported,当包含该信元时表示支持数据直接转发,当不包含该信元时,表示不支持数据直接转发。另一种可能的形式是定义新信元为local switch,当该信元取值为true或1时表示支持数据直接转发,当该信元取值为false或0时表示不支持数据直接转发。Method 1: The radio access network device broadcasts whether it supports direct data forwarding. For example, the radio access network device carries indication information indicating that it supports direct data forwarding (local switch supported) in a system message (such as MIB or SIB1). Regarding the indication information, one possible form is to define the new cell as local switch supported. When the cell is included, it means that the direct data forwarding is supported, and when the cell is not included, it means that the direct data forwarding is not supported. Another possible form is to define the new cell as a local switch. When the value of this cell is true or 1, it means that direct data forwarding is supported, and when the value of this cell is false or 0, it means that direct data forwarding is not supported.
方式二,终端设备连接到无线接入网设备之后,无线接入网设备通过RRC消息向终端设备发送指示信息,指示信息指示是否支持数据直接转发,比如无线接入网设备可以在RRC重配置消息中包含local switch supported信元或者local switch信元。Method 2: After the terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device, the wireless access network device sends indication information to the terminal device through an RRC message, indicating whether the direct data forwarding is supported. For example, the wireless access network device can reconfigure the message in the RRC It contains local switch supported cell or local switch cell.
方式三,无线接入网设备通知核心网设备支持数据直接转发,例如无线接入网设备在 NG接口建立请求(NG setup request)或者RAN configuration update消息中包含local switch supported信元或者local switch信元。然后核心网设备向终端设备发指示信息,指示信息用于指示无线接入网设备是否支持数据直接转发。例如核心网设备(例如AMF)通过NAS消息携带无线接入网设备标识,以及对应的local switch supported信元或者local switch信元。或者在NAS消息中只携带支持local switch的无线接入网设备标识,例如新增信元local switch supported cell或者local switch supported gNB。Method 3: The radio access network equipment notifies the core network equipment to support direct data forwarding. For example, the radio access network equipment includes the local switch supported cell or local switch cell in the NG interface setup request (NG setup request) or RAN configuration update message. . Then the core network device sends instruction information to the terminal device, and the instruction information is used to indicate whether the wireless access network device supports direct data forwarding. For example, a core network device (such as AMF) carries a radio access network device identifier and a corresponding local switch supported cell or local switch cell through a NAS message. Or, the NAS message only carries the identification of the radio access network device that supports local switch, such as the newly added cell local switch supported cell or local switch supported gNB.
在一种可能的实施例中,假设每个无线接入网设备有唯一对应的Area ID(物理区域标识),无线接入网设备通知核心网设备支持数据直接转发时,还可以携带Area ID。核心网设备可以通过NAS消息向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示支持数据直接转发的Area ID。例如NAS消息中包含Area ID,以及对应的local switch supported信元或者local switch信元。或者在NAS消息中只携带支持local switch的Area ID,例如新增信元local switch supported area。这样,当无线接入网设备向外广播Area ID后,终端设备可以根据Area ID判断该无线接入网设备是否支持数据直接转发。在其它可能的实施例中,Area ID也可以被替换为无线接入网设备标识列表或小区标识列表。In a possible embodiment, it is assumed that each radio access network device has a unique corresponding Area ID (physical area identifier), and when the radio access network device notifies the core network device to support direct data forwarding, the Area ID may also be carried. The core network device may send indication information to the terminal device through a NAS message, where the indication information is used to indicate the Area ID that supports direct data forwarding. For example, the NAS message contains the Area ID and the corresponding local switch supported cell or local switch cell. Or, only the area ID that supports local switch is carried in the NAS message, for example, the newly added cell local switch supported area. In this way, after the radio access network device broadcasts the Area ID to the outside, the terminal device can determine whether the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding according to the Area ID. In other possible embodiments, the Area ID can also be replaced with a radio access network device identification list or a cell identification list.
一般来说QoS参数都和QoS数据流有对应关系,例如某个QoS数据流对应一定的QoS需求,QoS需求通过QoS参数的形式体现。上述QoS数据流的QoS参数可以包含下列参数:(1)、5G QoS等级标识(5G QoS Class Identifier,5QI);(2)、分配保留优先级(Allocation and Retention Priority,ARP);(3)、保证流比特率(Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate,GFBR);(4)、最大流比特率(Maximum Flow Bit Rate,MFBR)。Generally speaking, QoS parameters have a corresponding relationship with QoS data streams. For example, a certain QoS data stream corresponds to a certain QoS requirement, and the QoS requirement is reflected in the form of QoS parameters. The QoS parameters of the above-mentioned QoS data stream may include the following parameters: (1), 5G QoS Class Identifier (5QI); (2), Allocation and Retention Priority (ARP); (3), Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate (Guaranteed Flow Bit Rate, GFBR); (4), Maximum Flow Bit Rate (Maximum Flow Bit Rate, MFBR).
其中,上述5QI具体可以包括:保证速率(Guaranteed Bit Rate,GBR)或者非保证速率(non-GBR)类型信息、优先级级别(Priority Level),包时延预算(Packet Delay Budget),包错误率(Packet Error Rate)。一般情况下,QoS数据流的流标识被称为(QoS flow identifier,QFI)。考虑到一个网络切片可能包含多个QoS数据流,无线接入网设备后续可以将一个网络切片内的多个QoS数据流映射到一个DRB或多个DRB。其中DRB和QoS数据流为一对一,或一对多的映射关系。即无线接入网设备在给终端设备的RRC重配置消息中可能包含slice ID,DRB ID以及QFI的映射关系,也可能直接给出slice ID和DRB ID的映射关系。Among them, the above 5QI may specifically include: guaranteed rate (Guaranteed Bit Rate, GBR) or non-guaranteed rate (non-GBR) type information, priority level (Priority Level), packet delay budget (Packet Delay Budget), and packet error rate (Packet Error Rate). In general, the flow identifier of a QoS data flow is called (QoS flow identifier, QFI). Considering that a network slice may contain multiple QoS data streams, the radio access network device may subsequently map multiple QoS data streams in a network slice to one DRB or multiple DRBs. Among them, DRB and QoS data flow have a one-to-one or one-to-many mapping relationship. That is, the radio access network device may include the mapping relationship between slice ID, DRB ID, and QFI in the RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, or directly give the mapping relationship between slice ID and DRB ID.
基于图9所述的DRB建立方法,在图8A和图8B所示的通信场景中,第一终端设备可以按照上述方法与无线接入网设备之间建立第一DRB,第二终端设备也可以按照上述方法与无线接入网设备之间建立第二DRB。这样,第一终端设备和第二终端设备就可以基于第一DRB和第二DRB实现用户面数据传输。下面结合具体场景对本申请实施例进行详细说明。Based on the DRB establishment method described in Figure 9, in the communication scenarios shown in Figures 8A and 8B, the first terminal device can establish the first DRB with the radio access network device according to the above method, and the second terminal device can also Establish a second DRB with the radio access network device according to the foregoing method. In this way, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can implement user plane data transmission based on the first DRB and the second DRB. The following describes the embodiments of the present application in detail in combination with specific scenarios.
场景一:第一终端设备和第二终端设备均在同一无线接入网设备的覆盖范围内。Scenario 1: The first terminal device and the second terminal device are both within the coverage of the same wireless access network device.
如图10所示,为本申请实施例提供的第一种数据传输方法流程示意图。参见图10,该方法包括如下步骤。As shown in FIG. 10, it is a schematic flowchart of a first data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 10, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1001,无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据。Step 1001: The radio access network device receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB.
其中,用户面数据包括第二终端设备的第一标识。该第二终端设备的第一标识用于无线接入网设备判断所述第二终端设备是否在其覆盖范围内。其中,第二终端设备的第一标识可以为IP地址、MAC地址或该第二终端设备在终端设备群组内的标识。其中,第一标识可为私网或企业网中员工工号、私网或企业网中员工代号等特有标识,或者第二终端设 备的第一标识也可以为第二终端设备的唯一标识等。Wherein, the user plane data includes the first identifier of the second terminal device. The first identifier of the second terminal device is used by the wireless access network device to determine whether the second terminal device is within its coverage area. Wherein, the first identifier of the second terminal device may be an IP address, a MAC address, or an identifier of the second terminal device in the terminal device group. The first identifier may be a unique identifier such as an employee ID in a private network or an enterprise network, an employee code in a private network or an enterprise network, or the first identifier of the second terminal device may also be a unique identifier of the second terminal device.
在一种可能的实现中,终端设备在接入无线接入网设备后,会向无线接入网设备上报自己的第一标识,例如IP/MAC地址或其在终端设备群组内的标识。无线接入网设备会给终端设备分配该终端设备在所述无线接入网设备的第二标识,例如小区无线网络临时标识(Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier,C-RNTI)。从而无线接入网设备获取了终端设备的第一标识和第二标识之间的映射关系。这样,无线接入网设备在收到用户面数据后,可以根据第一标识确定出与之对应的第二标识,从而根据第二标识确定第二终端设备是否在其覆盖范围内,如果在覆盖范围内,则无线接入网设备在后续转发所述用户面数据时,根据第二终端设备的第二标识对用户面数据进行加扰。In a possible implementation, after the terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device, it will report its first identifier, such as an IP/MAC address or its identifier in the terminal device group, to the wireless access network device. The radio access network device assigns the terminal device a second identifier of the terminal device in the radio access network device, such as a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI). Therefore, the radio access network device obtains the mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier of the terminal device. In this way, after the radio access network device receives the user plane data, it can determine the second identifier corresponding to the first identifier according to the first identifier, so as to determine whether the second terminal device is within its coverage area according to the second identifier. Within the range, when the radio access network device subsequently forwards the user plane data, it scrambles the user plane data according to the second identifier of the second terminal device.
步骤1002,无线接入网设备通过第二DRB向第二终端设备直接转发用户面数据,其中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备均接入该无线接入网设备。Step 1002: The radio access network device directly forwards user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB, where both the first terminal device and the second terminal device access the radio access network device.
在具体实施中,在步骤S1001之前,第一终端设备和无线接入网设备之间可以预先建立第一DRB,第二终端设备和无线接入网设备之间可以预先建立第二DRB。示例性的,建立第一DRB和第二DRB的过程具体可以参阅图9所示DRB建立流程中的步骤901至步骤903,这里不再重复赘述。In a specific implementation, before step S1001, a first DRB may be pre-established between the first terminal device and the radio access network device, and a second DRB may be pre-established between the second terminal device and the radio access network device. Exemplarily, for the process of establishing the first DRB and the second DRB, refer to steps 901 to 903 in the DRB establishment process shown in FIG. 9 for details, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一DRB和第二DRB在无线接入网设备侧为同一个DRB,即无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识确定与之对应的默认承载为第一DRB,因此,无线接入网设备在第一DRB将第一终端设备的用户面数据直接转发至第二终端设备。In a possible embodiment, the first DRB and the second DRB are the same DRB on the radio access network device side, that is, the radio access network device determines that the corresponding default bearer is the first DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device. A DRB. Therefore, the radio access network device directly forwards the user plane data of the first terminal device to the second terminal device in the first DRB.
在一些实施例中,第一DRB和第二DRB在无线接入网设备侧为不同的DRB。具体地,步骤1001中的用户面数据中还可以包括用于确定第二DRB的第二参数。无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识和第二参数确定第二DRB。In some embodiments, the first DRB and the second DRB are different DRBs on the radio access network device side. Specifically, the user plane data in step 1001 may also include a second parameter for determining the second DRB. The radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the second parameter.
在具体实施中,用于确定第二DRB的第二参数可以包括网络切片标识(例如slice ID),第一终端设备所在组标识(ue group ID),服务质量数据流的流标识(QFI)、第一终端设备地址或第一终端设备标识中的一种或者多种。因第二终端设备接入了无线接入网设备,即第二终端设备在无线接入网设备的覆盖范围内,所以无线接入网设备可以首先根据第二终端设备的第一标识确定第二终端设备,接着根据用户面数据包含的第二参数,例如slice ID,确定与之对应的第二终端设备的第二DRB。或者根据QFI标识,以及QFI标识和DRB标识的映射关系,确定与之对应的第二DRB。In a specific implementation, the second parameter used to determine the second DRB may include a network slice identifier (for example, slice ID), a group identifier (ue group ID) where the first terminal device is located, a flow identifier (QFI) of the quality of service data flow, One or more of the address of the first terminal device or the identifier of the first terminal device. Because the second terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device, that is, the second terminal device is within the coverage of the wireless access network device, the wireless access network device can first determine the second terminal device according to the first identifier of the second terminal device. The terminal device then determines the second DRB of the second terminal device corresponding to the second parameter contained in the user plane data, such as the slice ID. Or determine the second DRB corresponding to the QFI identifier and the mapping relationship between the QFI identifier and the DRB identifier.
在一种可能的实施例中,第二终端设备当前处于RRC空闲态或RRC inactive态。无线接入网设备发送寻呼消息,寻呼消息中携带第二终端设备的第一标识。第二终端设备收到寻呼消息后接入无线接入网设备,无线接入网设备通知第二终端设备建立第二DRB,通知消息中包含第二DRB的配置信息。待第二终端设备建立好第二DRB后,无线接入网设备可以通过所述第二DRB将所述用户面数据转发给第二终端设备。In a possible embodiment, the second terminal device is currently in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state. The radio access network device sends a paging message, and the paging message carries the first identifier of the second terminal device. After receiving the paging message, the second terminal device accesses the wireless access network device, and the wireless access network device notifies the second terminal device to establish the second DRB, and the notification message includes the configuration information of the second DRB. After the second terminal device has established the second DRB, the radio access network device may forward the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
在一种可能的实施例中,无线接入网设备利用用户面数据中的第二终端设备的标识和第二参数确定出第二DRB以及第二终端设备之后,无线接入网设备可以将用户面数据中的标识以及第二参数删除,再将删除后的用户面数据发送至第二终端设备,这样可以节省空口开销。示例性地,图11中的无线接入网设备处的路由层,以及第二终端设备侧的路由层可以在数据传输过程中删除,这样可以节省空口开销。In a possible embodiment, after the wireless access network device determines the second DRB and the second terminal device by using the identifier and the second parameter of the second terminal device in the user plane data, the wireless access network device may send the user The identifier and the second parameter in the plane data are deleted, and the deleted user plane data is sent to the second terminal device, which can save air interface overhead. Exemplarily, the routing layer at the radio access network device in FIG. 11 and the routing layer on the second terminal device side can be deleted during the data transmission process, which can save air interface overhead.
基于图10所示的数据传输方法,对于如图8A所示的无线接入网设备的架构,第一种可能的实现中,图10所示方法中无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以是由gNB执行。例 如,步骤1001,gNB接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据。步骤1002,gNB通过第二DRB向第二终端设备直接转发用户面数据,其中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备均接入gNB。Based on the data transmission method shown in FIG. 10, for the architecture of the radio access network device shown in FIG. 8A, in the first possible implementation, the actions performed by the radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 10 may specifically be Implemented by gNB. For example, in step 1001, the gNB receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB. Step 1002: The gNB directly forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB, where both the first terminal device and the second terminal device access the gNB.
第二种可能的实现中,图10所示方法中无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以是由gNB-DU执行,例如,步骤1001,gNB-DU接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据。步骤1002,gNB-DU通过第二DRB向第二终端设备直接转发用户面数据,其中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备均接入gNB-DU。In the second possible implementation, the actions performed by the radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 10 may be specifically executed by the gNB-DU. For example, in step 1001, the gNB-DU receives the first terminal device sent by the first DRB. User plane data. Step 1002: The gNB-DU directly forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB, where both the first terminal device and the second terminal device access the gNB-DU.
第三种可能的实现中,图10所示方法中无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以是由IABnode执行。例如,步骤1001,IAB node接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据。步骤1002,IAB node通过第二DRB向第二终端设备直接转发用户面数据,其中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备均接入IAB node。In the third possible implementation, the action performed by the radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 10 may specifically be performed by the IABnode. For example, in step 1001, the IAB node receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB. In step 1002, the IAB node directly forwards user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB, where both the first terminal device and the second terminal device are connected to the IAB node.
场景二:第一终端设备和第二终端设备分别在不同的无线接入网设备的覆盖范围内。例如,第一终端接入第一无线接入网设备(例如gNB1),在第一无线接入网设备的覆盖范围内,第二终端接入第二无线接入网设备(例如gNB2),在第二无线接入网设备的覆盖范围内,如图8B中的(a)所示。Scenario 2: The first terminal device and the second terminal device are respectively in the coverage areas of different radio access network devices. For example, the first terminal accesses the first wireless access network device (for example, gNB1), and the second terminal accesses the second wireless access network device (for example, gNB2) within the coverage of the first wireless access network device. Within the coverage area of the second wireless access network device, as shown in (a) in FIG. 8B.
如图12所示,为本申请实施例提供的第二种数据传输方法流程示意图。参见图12,该方法包括如下步骤。As shown in FIG. 12, it is a schematic flow chart of the second data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 12, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1201,无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据,用户面数据包括第二终端设备的第一标识。Step 1201: The radio access network device receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, where the user plane data includes the first identifier of the second terminal device.
具体可以参阅步骤S1001这里不再重复赘述。For details, please refer to step S1001, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1202,第一无线接入网设备根据该第一标识,确定第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备。Step 1202: The first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is connected to the second wireless access network device according to the first identifier.
在一种可能的实施例中,上述步骤1202中,第一无线接入网设备根据该第一标识,可能仅能够判断出第一标识对应的第二终端设备不在第一无线接入网设备覆盖的范围内,进而第一无线接入网设备将携带该第一标识的用户面数据发送至相邻的接入网设备,从相邻的接入网设备获取该第一标识对应的第二终端设备在第二无线接入设备的覆盖范围内。In a possible embodiment, in the above step 1202, the first wireless access network device may only be able to determine that the second terminal device corresponding to the first identifier is not covered by the first wireless access network device based on the first identifier. Within the range of, the first radio access network device then sends the user plane data carrying the first identifier to the adjacent access network device, and obtains the second terminal corresponding to the first identifier from the adjacent access network device The device is within the coverage area of the second wireless access device.
示例性地,第一无线接入网设备根据该第一标识确定第二终端设备不在自身覆盖范围内时,第一无线接入网设备可以按照如下方式中的任意一种或者多种确定第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备。Exemplarily, when the first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is not within its own coverage area according to the first identifier, the first wireless access network device may determine the second terminal device in any one or more of the following ways The terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
方式一,第一无线接入网设备确定不存在与该第一标识对应的终端设备,例如无法查找到第一标识或者和第一标识对应的第二标识,则第一无线接入网设备确定第二终端设备不在其覆盖范围内。因此第一无线接入设备向邻区的无线接入网设备发送询问消息,该询问消息中包括该第二终端设备的第一标识,当第一无线接入网设备接收到来自第二无线接入网设备肯定的回复后,则确定第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备,即第二终端设备在第二无线接入网设备的覆盖范围内。Manner 1: The first wireless access network device determines that there is no terminal device corresponding to the first identifier. For example, if the first identifier or the second identifier corresponding to the first identifier cannot be found, the first wireless access network device determines The second terminal device is not within its coverage area. Therefore, the first wireless access device sends an inquiry message to the wireless access network device in the neighboring cell. The inquiry message includes the first identification of the second terminal device. After the affirmative reply from the networked device, it is determined that the second terminal device is connected to the second wireless access network device, that is, the second terminal device is within the coverage of the second wireless access network device.
方式二,各终端设备可以预先将自身的第一标识(例如IP地址、MAC地址或UE在UE组内的标识等)发送至核心网设备,例如UE通过注册消息告知AMF自身的第一标识。核心网设备将终端设备的第一标识和无线接入网设备(基站或小区)的映射关系发送给各个无线接入网设备,即无线接入网设备可以获知终端设备的第一标识和无线接入网设备的 映射关系。当第一无线接入网设备确定第二终端设备不在覆盖范围内时,则可以根据第二终端设备的第一标识和无线接入网设备的映射关系确定第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备。Manner 2: Each terminal device may send its own first identifier (such as an IP address, MAC address, or the identifier of the UE in the UE group, etc.) to the core network device in advance. For example, the UE informs the AMF of its own first identifier through a registration message. The core network device sends the mapping relationship between the first identification of the terminal device and the wireless access network device (base station or cell) to each wireless access network device, that is, the wireless access network device can learn the first identification of the terminal device and the wireless access network device. The mapping relationship of networked devices. When the first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is not within the coverage area, it can determine that the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access device according to the mapping relationship between the first identifier of the second terminal device and the wireless access network device. Network access equipment.
方式三,各终端设备接入无线接入网设备之后,无线接入网设备和邻区无线接入设备之间交互其正在服务的终端设备的第一标识(例如IP地址、MAC地址或UE在UE组内的标识等),各个无线接入网设备保存终端设备的标识和无线接入设备(基站或小区)的映射关系。因此,当第一无线接入网设备确定第二终端设备不在覆盖范围内时,则可以根据第二终端设备的第一标识和无线接入网设备的映射关系确定第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备。Method 3: After each terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device, the wireless access network device and the neighboring wireless access device exchange the first identification of the terminal device it is serving (for example, IP address, MAC address, or UE in The identification in the UE group, etc.), each radio access network device saves the mapping relationship between the identification of the terminal device and the radio access device (base station or cell). Therefore, when the first wireless access network device determines that the second terminal device is not within the coverage area, it can determine that the second terminal device is connected to the second terminal device according to the mapping relationship between the first identifier of the second terminal device and the wireless access network device. Wireless access network equipment.
方式四,当第一无线接入网设备确定第二终端设备不在覆盖范围内,也无法确定是否在邻区无线接入网设备内时,则第一无线接入网设备可以触发RAN寻呼消息,即第一无线接入网设备发起RAN寻呼消息,同时通过无线接入网设备之间的接口给其他无线接入网设备发送RAN寻呼消息,以便其他无线接入网设备在空口发起RAN寻呼。后续当第二终端设备在第二无线接入网设备进入连接态(connected),第二无线接入网设备通知第一无线接入网设备所述情况后,第一无线接入网设备可以确定第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备。Manner 4: When the first radio access network device determines that the second terminal device is not in the coverage area and cannot determine whether it is in the neighboring radio access network device, the first radio access network device can trigger the RAN paging message , That is, the first radio access network device initiates a RAN paging message, and at the same time sends RAN paging messages to other radio access network devices through the interface between radio access network devices, so that other radio access network devices initiate RAN on the air interface Paging. Subsequently, when the second terminal device enters the connected state (connected) in the second wireless access network device, and the second wireless access network device notifies the first wireless access network device of the situation, the first wireless access network device can determine The second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
方式五,当第一无线接入网设备无法确定第二终端设备在哪个无线接入网设备的覆盖范围内时,第一无线接入网设备将所述用户面数据转发给和其建立有接口(例如Xn接口)的其他第二无线接入网设备。一种可能的形式是,第一无线接入网设备将所述用户面数据通过其和第二无线接入网设备之间的用户面隧道(GPRS Tunnel Protocol User plane,GTP-U)发送给第二无线接入网设备,所述用户面数据包含第二终端设备的第一标识,还可能包含用于确定第二DRB的第二参数。另一种可能的形式是,第一无线接入网设备将用户面数据通过其和第二无线接入网设备之间的GTP-U隧道发送给第二无线接入网设备,用户面数据不包含第二终端设备的第一标识,也不包含第二参数。第二终端的第一标识和/或第二参数包含在所述GTP-U包头中。当第二无线接入网设备接收到所述用户面数据后,根据所述第二终端设备的第一标识确定其是否在自己的覆盖范围内,如果没有则将该数据包丢弃。如果有,则将所述用户面数据发送给所述第二终端设备。Manner 5: When the first radio access network device cannot determine which radio access network device is covered by the second terminal device, the first radio access network device forwards the user plane data to which an interface is established (Such as Xn interface) other second wireless access network equipment. One possible form is that the first radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second radio access network device through a user plane tunnel (GPRS Tunnel Protocol User plane, GTP-U) between it and the second radio access network device. 2. Radio access network equipment, where the user plane data includes the first identifier of the second terminal equipment, and may also include a second parameter for determining the second DRB. Another possible form is that the first radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second radio access network device through the GTP-U tunnel between it and the second radio access network device, and the user plane data is not Contains the first identifier of the second terminal device, but also does not contain the second parameter. The first identifier and/or the second parameter of the second terminal are included in the GTP-U packet header. After the second radio access network device receives the user plane data, it determines whether it is within its own coverage area according to the first identifier of the second terminal device, and if not, discards the data packet. If yes, send the user plane data to the second terminal device.
步骤1203,第一无线接入网设备向第二无线接入网设备发送用户面数据。Step 1203: The first radio access network device sends user plane data to the second radio access network device.
需要说明的是,第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备预先可以通过Xn接口建立数据直接转发专用的用户面隧道,这样第一无线接入网设备通过所述用户面隧道向第二无线接入网设备发送用户面数据,以便于第二无线接入网设备将用户面数据转发至第二终端设备。所述用户面隧道建立过程可以发生在无线接入设备间Xn接口建立或接口配置更新流程中。例如,无线接入网设备1和无线接入网设备2之间为Xn接口,那么无线接入网设备1发起Xn setup request(Xn接口建立请求)中可以包括无线接入网设备1侧用户面传输层(例如IP地址和隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identity,TEID)),接着无线接入网设备2可以在Xn setup response(Xn接口建立响应请求)消息中包含无线接入网设备2侧用户面传输层信息。It should be noted that the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device may establish a dedicated user plane tunnel for direct data forwarding through the Xn interface in advance, so that the first radio access network device transmits to the user plane tunnel through the user plane tunnel. The second radio access network device sends the user plane data, so that the second radio access network device forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device. The user plane tunnel establishment process may occur in the Xn interface establishment or interface configuration update process between wireless access devices. For example, if there is an Xn interface between the radio access network device 1 and the radio access network device 2, then the Xn setup request initiated by the radio access network device 1 may include the user plane of the radio access network device 1. Transport layer (such as IP address and tunnel endpoint identity (TEID)), then radio access network device 2 can include the radio access network device 2 side user plane in the Xn setup response (Xn interface establishment response request) message Transport layer information.
在具体实施中,一种可能的实现中,所述用于数据直接转发的用户面隧道可以是节点粒度的,即第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备之间只有一个用户面隧道。第二种可能的实现中,所述用于数据直接转发的用户面隧道也可能是UE组粒度的,即第一无线 接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备之间为每个终端设备群组建立了对应的用户面隧道。第三种可能的实现中,所述用于数据直接转发的用户面隧道也可能是slice(网络切片)粒度的,即第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备之间为每个slice(网络切片)建立了对应的用户面隧道。In a specific implementation, in a possible implementation, the user plane tunnel for direct data forwarding may be node-granular, that is, there is only one user between the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device Face tunnel. In the second possible implementation, the user plane tunnel for direct data forwarding may also be UE group granular, that is, each terminal device is between the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device. The group has established a corresponding user plane tunnel. In the third possible implementation, the user plane tunnel used for direct data forwarding may also be slice (network slicing) granularity, that is, between the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device is every A slice (network slice) establishes a corresponding user plane tunnel.
具体来说,对于UE组粒度或者slice粒度,则第一无线接入网设备在提供用户面数据时需要指示UE组标识或slice标识,以便于第二无线接入网设备确定用户面数据属于哪个UE组,或者属于哪个slice。当第一无线接入网设备确定第二终端设备在第二无线接入网设备覆盖范围内时,第一无线接入网设备将数据包通过用户面隧道发送给第二无线接入网设备。对于节点粒度的用户面隧道,第二无线接入网设备可以根据GTP-U头部中携带的TEID确定所述用户面隧道用于数据直接转发。对于UE组粒度的用户面隧道,第二无线接入网设备可以根据GTP-U头部中携带的TEID确定所述用户面隧道对应哪个UE组,用于为所述UE组内的UE进行数据直接转发。对于网络切片粒度的用户面隧道,第二无线接入网设备可以根据GTP-U头部中携带的TEID确定所述用户面隧道对应哪个网络切片,用于为工作在所述网络切片的UE进行数据直接转发。Specifically, for UE group granularity or slice granularity, the first radio access network device needs to indicate the UE group ID or slice ID when providing user plane data, so that the second radio access network device can determine which user plane data belongs to UE group, or which slice it belongs to. When the first radio access network device determines that the second terminal device is within the coverage of the second radio access network device, the first radio access network device sends the data packet to the second radio access network device through the user plane tunnel. For a node-granular user plane tunnel, the second radio access network device may determine that the user plane tunnel is used for direct data forwarding according to the TEID carried in the GTP-U header. For user plane tunnels with UE group granularity, the second radio access network device can determine which UE group the user plane tunnel corresponds to according to the TEID carried in the GTP-U header, and is used to perform data for the UEs in the UE group Forward directly. For user plane tunnels with network slicing granularity, the second radio access network device can determine which network slice the user plane tunnel corresponds to according to the TEID carried in the GTP-U header, and use it to perform operations for the UE working in the network slice. Data is forwarded directly.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一无线接入网设备可以将用户面数据中的第一标识以及第二参数删除,然后在GPRS用户面隧道协议(GPRS tunneling protocol user,GTP-U)头部中携带所述第二终端设备的第一标识以及第二参数,再将处理后用户面数据的数据包发送至第二终端设备,这样可以节省空口开销。In a possible embodiment, the first radio access network device may delete the first identifier and the second parameter in the user plane data, and then enter the GPRS user plane tunneling protocol (GPRS tunneling protocol user, GTP-U) header The part carries the first identifier and the second parameter of the second terminal device, and then sends the processed data packet of the user plane data to the second terminal device, which can save air interface overhead.
步骤1204,第二无线接入网设备通过第二DRB向第二终端设备转发用户面数据。Step 1204: The second radio access network device forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
在具体实施中,在步骤S1201之前,第一终端设备和第一无线接入网设备之间可以预先建立第一DRB,第二终端设备和第二无线接入网设备之间可以预先建立第二DRB。示例性的,建立第一DRB和第二DRB的过程具体可以参阅图9所示DRB建立流程中的步骤901至步骤903,这里不再重复赘述。In specific implementation, before step S1201, a first DRB can be pre-established between the first terminal device and the first radio access network device, and a second DRB can be pre-established between the second terminal device and the second radio access network device. DRB. Exemplarily, for the process of establishing the first DRB and the second DRB, refer to steps 901 to 903 in the DRB establishment process shown in FIG. 9 for details, and details are not repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一DRB和第二DRB在无线接入网设备侧可以为同一个DRB,即第二无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识确定与之对应的默认承载为第一DRB,因此,第二无线接入网设备在第一DRB将第一终端设备的用户面数据转发至第二终端设备。In a possible embodiment, the first DRB and the second DRB may be the same DRB on the radio access network device side, that is, the second radio access network device determines the corresponding default DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device. The bearer is the first DRB. Therefore, the second radio access network device forwards the user plane data of the first terminal device to the second terminal device in the first DRB.
在一些实施例中,第一DRB和第二DRB在无线接入网设备侧可以为不同的DRB。具体地,步骤1201中的用户面数据中还可以包括用于确定第二DRB的第二参数。无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识和第二参数确定第二DRB。In some embodiments, the first DRB and the second DRB may be different DRBs on the radio access network device side. Specifically, the user plane data in step 1201 may also include a second parameter for determining the second DRB. The radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the second parameter.
在具体实施中,用于确定第二DRB的参数可以包括网络切片标识(例如slice ID),第一终端设备所在组标识(ue group ID),服务质量数据流的流标识(QFI)、源节点地址或标识中的一种或者多种。因第二终端设备接入了第二无线接入网设备,即第二终端设备在第二无线接入网设备的覆盖范围内,所以第二无线接入网设备可以根据用户面数据包含的第二参数,例如slice ID,确定与之对应的第二DRB。或者根据QFI标识,以及QFI标识和DRB标识的映射关系,确定与之对应的第二DRB。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第二终端设备在接入第二无线接入网设备,会向第二无线接入设备发送自身的第一标识(例如IP地址、MAC地址等),这样第二无线接入网设备就可以确定出终端的第一标识和终端设备的对应关系。In a specific implementation, the parameters used to determine the second DRB may include the network slice ID (for example, slice ID), the group ID of the first terminal device (ue group ID), the flow ID of the quality of service data flow (QFI), and the source node One or more of addresses or logos. Because the second terminal device is connected to the second wireless access network device, that is, the second terminal device is within the coverage of the second wireless access network device, the second wireless access network device can be based on the first wireless access network device contained in the user plane data. The second parameter, such as the slice ID, determines the second DRB corresponding to it. Or determine the second DRB corresponding to the QFI identifier and the mapping relationship between the QFI identifier and the DRB identifier. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, when the second terminal device is accessing the second wireless access network device, it will send its own first identifier (for example, IP address, MAC address, etc.) to the second wireless access device. In this way, the second wireless access network device can determine the correspondence between the first identifier of the terminal and the terminal device.
通过上述方式,处于不同无线接入网设备下的终端设备间进行用户面数据传输时,数 据可在两个无线接入设备间直传,不需要由核心网设备转发,从而可以减少数据传输跳数和时延,降低核心网资源和信令开销。Through the above method, when user plane data is transmitted between terminal devices under different wireless access network devices, the data can be transmitted directly between the two wireless access devices without being forwarded by the core network device, thereby reducing data transmission hops. Data and delay, reduce core network resources and signaling overhead.
基于图12所示的数据传输方法,对于如图8B所示的无线接入网设备的架构,第一种可能的实现中,图12所示方法中第一无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以是由gNB1执行,第二无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以由gNB2执行。例如,步骤1201中gNB1接收来自第一终端设备的用户面数据。步骤1203中,gNB1向gNB2发送用户面数据。步骤1204,gNB2通过第二DRB向第二终端设备转发用户面数据。Based on the data transmission method shown in FIG. 12, for the architecture of the radio access network device shown in FIG. 8B, in the first possible implementation, the actions performed by the first radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 12 are specific It may be executed by gNB1, and the action executed by the second radio access network device may be specifically executed by gNB2. For example, in step 1201, gNB1 receives user plane data from the first terminal device. In step 1203, gNB1 sends user plane data to gNB2. Step 1204: The gNB2 forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
第二种可能的实现中,图12所示方法中第一无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以是由gNB-DU1执行,第二无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以是由gNB-DU2执行。例如,步骤1201中gNB-DU1接收来自第一终端设备的用户面数据。步骤1203中,gNB-DU1向gNB-DU2发送用户面数据。步骤1204,gNB-DU2通过第二DRB向第二终端设备转发用户面数据。In the second possible implementation, the action performed by the first radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 12 may be specifically performed by gNB-DU1, and the action performed by the second radio access network device may specifically be performed by gNB-DU2. carried out. For example, in step 1201, gNB-DU1 receives user plane data from the first terminal device. In step 1203, gNB-DU1 sends user plane data to gNB-DU2. Step 1204: The gNB-DU2 forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
第三种可能的实现中,图12所示方法中第一无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以是由IAB node1执行,第二无线接入网设备执行的动作具体可以是由IAB node1执行。例如,步骤1201中IAB node1接收来自第一终端设备的用户面数据。步骤1203中,IAB node1向IAB node2发送用户面数据。步骤1204,IAB node2通过第二DRB向第二终端设备转发用户面数据。In the third possible implementation, the action performed by the first radio access network device in the method shown in FIG. 12 may be specifically performed by IAB node1, and the action performed by the second radio access network device may specifically be performed by IAB node1. For example, in step 1201, IAB node1 receives user plane data from the first terminal device. In step 1203, IAB node1 sends user plane data to IAB node2. Step 1204: IAB node2 forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
在具体实施中,第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备可能具有不同的功能分离后的架构。例如,第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备都可以是集中式架构;或者,第一无线接入网设备可以是如图4A或图5A所示的架构,第二无线接入网设备可以是集中式架构;或者,第一无线接入网设备可以是集中式架构,第二无线接入网设备可以是如图4A或图5A所示的架构;还或者,第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备都可以是图4A所示的架构;还或者,第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备都可以是图5A所示的架构;还或者,第一无线接入网设备可以是如图4A所示的架构,第二无线接入网设备可以是如图5A所示的架构;还或者,第一无线接入网设备可以是如图5A所示的架构,第二无线接入网设备可以是如图4A所示的架构,等等。In a specific implementation, the first radio access network device and the second radio access network device may have different functionally separated architectures. For example, both the first wireless access network device and the second wireless access network device may have a centralized architecture; alternatively, the first wireless access network device may have the architecture shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 5A, and the second wireless access network device may have the architecture shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 5A. The network access device may be a centralized architecture; or, the first wireless access network device may be a centralized architecture, and the second wireless access network device may be an architecture as shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 5A; or, the first wireless access network device may be the architecture shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. Both the access network device and the second wireless access network device may have the architecture shown in FIG. 4A; alternatively, both the first wireless access network device and the second wireless access network device may have the architecture shown in FIG. 5A; Also or alternatively, the first radio access network device may be the architecture shown in FIG. 4A, and the second radio access network device may be the architecture shown in FIG. 5A; or, the first radio access network device may be such as In the architecture shown in FIG. 5A, the second radio access network device may be the architecture shown in FIG. 4A, and so on.
本申请提供一种数据传输方法及装置,该数据传输方法中终端设备的用户面数据可以不用经过核心网网元、DN等进行转发,而是由无线接入网设备直接转发该方法可以减少数据传输的跳数,进而可以降低数据传输的时延,降低数据传输过程的冗余,并且,还可以降低核心网的负载和资源开销。其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。This application provides a data transmission method and device. In the data transmission method, the user plane data of the terminal device may not be forwarded through the core network network element, DN, etc., but directly forwarded by the wireless access network device. The method can reduce data The number of transmission hops can further reduce the time delay of data transmission, reduce the redundancy of the data transmission process, and can also reduce the load and resource overhead of the core network. Among them, the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
如图13A所示,UE1的数据经过gNB的PHY-MAC-RLC-PDCP-SDAP的处理后,无线接入网设备接着将数据再经过SDAP-PDCP,以及RLC-MAC-PHY的处理后,通过空口将数据转发给UE2。As shown in Figure 13A, after the data of UE1 is processed by gNB's PHY-MAC-RLC-PDCP-SDAP, the radio access network device then processes the data through SDAP-PDCP and RLC-MAC-PHY, and then passes The air interface forwards the data to UE2.
图13A示出了RAN侧包含全协议栈的情况,即RAN侧接收和发送都包含SDAP-PDCP-RLC-MAC-PHY层,可以理解为层3转发即L3转发。本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法也适用于RAN侧只包含部分协议栈的情况,例如图13B所示RAN侧L2转发方案,即发送侧终端设备(Tx)和接收侧终端设备(Rx)具有端到端的的PDCP协议层, 负责数据的加密和解密、头压缩和解压缩、排序和重排序等功能。即Tx和Node-X之间,以及Node-X和Rx之间只有RLC-MAC-PHY层。此处Node-X可以是gNB或gNB-DU或IAB node。FIG. 13A shows a situation where the RAN side includes a full protocol stack, that is, both receiving and sending on the RAN side include the SDAP-PDCP-RLC-MAC-PHY layer, which can be understood as layer 3 forwarding, that is, L3 forwarding. The data transmission method provided in the embodiments of this application is also applicable to the case where the RAN side only contains part of the protocol stack. For example, the L2 forwarding scheme on the RAN side shown in FIG. The end-to-end PDCP protocol layer is responsible for data encryption and decryption, header compression and decompression, sorting and re-sorting and other functions. That is, there is only the RLC-MAC-PHY layer between Tx and Node-X, and between Node-X and Rx. Here, Node-X can be gNB or gNB-DU or IAB node.
为了更好地理解本申请实施例,下面以无线接入网设备为集中式架构的gNB为例,对建立数据直接转发通道的过程进行具体详细描述。建立数据直接转发通道的过程可以如图14所示。In order to better understand the embodiments of the present application, the following takes a gNB in which the radio access network device is a centralized architecture as an example to describe in detail the process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel. The process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be shown in Figure 14.
S1401,UE1(即第一终端设备)建立PDU会话1(即第一PDU会话)。S1401: UE1 (ie, the first terminal device) establishes PDU session 1 (ie, the first PDU session).
在具体实施中,建立PDU会话1的过程具体可以参阅图6所示PDU会话建立流程中的步骤S601~步骤S607,这里不再重复赘述。In the specific implementation, the process of establishing the PDU session 1 can be specifically referred to step S601 to step S607 in the PDU session establishment process shown in FIG. 6, which will not be repeated here.
S1402,无线接入网设备(即图中的gNB)向核心网设备(如AMF、SMF、UPF等网元)发送指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。所述指示消息中包含local switch supported信元或者local switch信元。S1402: The radio access network device (i.e., gNB in the figure) sends an instruction message to the core network device (such as AMF, SMF, UPF, etc. network elements), where the instruction message is used to instruct the radio access network device to support direct data forwarding. The indication message includes a local switch supported cell or a local switch cell.
需要说明的是,S1402也可以发生在S1401之前,也就是该指示信息携带在接口建立或者更新的时候发送的消息中。It should be noted that S1402 may also occur before S1401, that is, the indication information is carried in the message sent when the interface is established or updated.
例如,gNB可以在NG setup request(NG接口建立请求)消息中指示自身是否支持数据直接转发。除此之外,gNB还可能额外告知核心网设备自身支持L3层数据直接转发还是L2层数据直接转发。当gNB支持L2层数据直接转发时,AMF需要额外提供Tx/Rx对相关的密钥,用于Tx-Rx端到端PDCP用于加解密。L3/L2层数据直接转发指示也适用于下面提到的IAB架构或CU-DU架构。或者L3/L2层数据直接转发是协议规定的,例如协议规定就是L3层数据直接转发方式,或者就是L2层数据直接转发方式,那么gNB不需要额外指示AMF这个信息。For example, the gNB may indicate in the NG setup request (NG interface establishment request) message whether it supports direct data forwarding. In addition, the gNB may additionally inform the core network device itself whether it supports direct forwarding of L3 layer data or L2 layer data direct forwarding. When gNB supports direct forwarding of L2 layer data, AMF needs to provide additional keys related to Tx/Rx pairs for Tx-Rx end-to-end PDCP for encryption and decryption. The L3/L2 layer data direct forwarding instruction is also applicable to the IAB architecture or CU-DU architecture mentioned below. Or the direct forwarding of L3/L2 layer data is stipulated by the protocol. For example, the protocol stipulates the direct forwarding method of L3 layer data, or the direct forwarding method of L2 layer data, then the gNB does not need to additionally indicate the AMF information.
S1403,核心网设备(如AMF、SMF、UPF等网元)根据指示信息,确定UE1与UE2(即第二终端设备)能够在无线接入网设备(gNB)处进行数据直接转发。S1403: The core network device (such as AMF, SMF, UPF and other network elements) determines, according to the instruction information, that UE1 and UE2 (that is, the second terminal device) can directly forward data at the radio access network device (gNB).
具体的,UE1可以在PDU会话1的资源上向核心网设备或者DN发送目的节点的标识或地址(即UE2的标识或地址),从而核心网设备或者DN可以确定UE1和UE2能够在gNB处进行数据直接转发。Specifically, UE1 can send the identity or address of the destination node (ie, the identity or address of UE2) to the core network device or DN on the resources of PDU session 1, so that the core network device or DN can determine that UE1 and UE2 can perform at the gNB. Data is forwarded directly.
S1404,AMF向gNB发送PDU会话资源设置请求(PDU Session Resource Setup Request),该PDU会话资源设置请求用于请求gNB为UE2的PDU会话2(即PDU会话2)分配资源,以使UE2接收来自于UE1的用户面数据。S1404. The AMF sends a PDU Session Resource Setup Request to the gNB. The PDU Session Resource Setup Request is used to request the gNB to allocate resources for UE2’s PDU Session 2 (ie PDU Session 2) so that UE2 can receive User plane data of UE1.
具体实施中,若UE2为空闲态,则核心网网元和gNB可以依次发起寻呼。UE2收到寻呼,与gNB建立RRC连接。In specific implementation, if the UE2 is in an idle state, the core network element and the gNB can initiate paging in sequence. UE2 receives the page and establishes an RRC connection with the gNB.
若UE1和UE2间需要进行接入网处的数据直接转发,PDU会话资源设置请求信令中可以携带第一信息,以告知gNB为UE2建立的PDU会话2与UE1或者其他终端的哪些PDU会话相关联,gNB并根据关联关系为可进行接入网处的数据直接转发的PDU会话建立直传通道(例如,关联关系显示UE2的PDU会话2和UE1的PDU会话1可进行数据直接转发,则gNB为PDU会话1和PDU会话2建立数据直接转发通道),以进行数据直接转发。If UE1 and UE2 need to directly forward data at the access network, the PDU session resource setting request signaling can carry first information to inform the gNB that the PDU session 2 established for UE2 is related to which PDU session of UE1 or other terminals The gNB establishes a direct transmission channel for PDU sessions that can directly forward data at the access network according to the association relationship (for example, the association relationship shows that UE2’s PDU session 2 and UE1’s PDU session 1 can directly forward data, then gNB Establish a direct data forwarding channel for PDU session 1 and PDU session 2) for direct data forwarding.
现有3GPP标准TS38.413协议15.3.0版本中,PDU会话资源设置请求中携带PDU会话的标识(PDU Session ID)以及相应PDU会话(PDU Session)中所包含的QoS Flow列表等参数。本实施例在3GPP标准的基础上,在PDU会话资源设置请求中增加一个或多个 信元,即第一信息,以指示无线接入网设备UE1的第一PDU会话能够与UE2的第二PDU会话进行接入网处的数据直接转发。此外,在PDU会话资源设置请求中再增加一个或多个指示信元(Indication),即第二信息,以指示在无线接入网设备在UE2的第二PDU会话的资源上是否要进行接入网处的数据直接转发。In the existing 3GPP standard TS38.413 protocol version 15.3.0, the PDU session resource setting request carries the PDU session identifier (PDU Session ID) and the QoS Flow list included in the corresponding PDU session (PDU Session) and other parameters. In this embodiment, on the basis of the 3GPP standard, one or more information elements, namely the first information, are added to the PDU session resource setting request to indicate that the first PDU session of the radio access network device UE1 can communicate with the second PDU of UE2. The session forwards data directly at the access network. In addition, one or more indication information elements (Indication), that is, second information, are added to the PDU session resource setting request to indicate whether the radio access network device should perform access on the resources of the second PDU session of UE2. The data at the network is forwarded directly.
一种实现方式中,若PDU会话2可与PDU会话1在gNB处进行数据直接转发,核心网可以不保留为PDU会话1分配的上行用户面通道信息。当然,若PDU会话2可与PDU会话1在gNB处进行数据直接转发,核心网也可以保留为PDU会话1分配的上行用户面通道信息,从而UE1和UE2在gNB处进行数据直接转发失败时,UE1的用户面数据可以经由gNB-核心网网元-DN-核心网网元-gNB,再由gNB将UE1的用户面数据转发给UE2,以可以提高数据传输的成功率。In an implementation manner, if the PDU session 2 can directly forward data at the gNB with the PDU session 1, the core network may not retain the uplink user plane channel information allocated for the PDU session 1. Of course, if PDU session 2 can directly forward data with PDU session 1 at gNB, the core network can also retain the uplink user plane channel information allocated for PDU session 1, so that when UE1 and UE2 fail to directly forward data at gNB, The user plane data of UE1 can be forwarded to UE2 via gNB-core network element-DN-core network element-gNB, so as to improve the success rate of data transmission.
其中,PDU会话的上行用户面通道信息(NG UL UP Transport Layer Information)可以但不限于包括:用户面传输层信息(UP Transport Layer Information)、传输层地址(Transport Layer Address)、GPRS隧道协议-隧道端点标识(GPRS tunnelling protocol-tunnel endpoint identifier,GTP-TEID)等等。其中,用户面传输层信息,用于提供无线接入网设备与UPF处的与PDU会话相关联的用户面传输层信息,具体可以对应于网络协议(internet protocol,IP)地址和GTP隧道端点标识符。传输层地址,可以为IP地址。GTP-TEID,可以是无线接入网设备和UPF之间的用户面传输的GTP隧道端点标识符。Among them, the uplink user plane channel information (NG UL UP Transport Layer Information) of the PDU session can include but is not limited to: user plane transport layer information (UP Transport Layer Information), transport layer address (Transport Layer Address), GPRS tunnel protocol-tunnel Endpoint identifier (GPRS tunnelling protocol-tunnel endpoint identifier, GTP-TEID) and so on. Among them, the user plane transport layer information is used to provide the user plane transport layer information associated with the PDU session between the wireless access network device and the UPF, which can specifically correspond to the internet protocol (IP) address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier symbol. The transport layer address can be an IP address. GTP-TEID may be the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier for the user plane transmission between the radio access network device and the UPF.
S1405,gNB收到PDU会话资源设置请求后,为PDU会话2配置PDU会话资源,如,gNB为PDU会话2的DRB配置接入网处的SDAP层实体、PDCP层实体、MAC层实体、RLC层实体、PHY层实体,为PDU会话2分配下行用户面通道信息(包括gNB处的端口IP地址,GTP-TEID等)等。应当理解,不排除gNB不为PDU会话2的DRB重新配置接入网处的SDAP层实体、PDCP层实体、MAC层实体、RLC层实体等。S1405: After receiving the PDU session resource setting request, the gNB configures PDU session resources for PDU session 2. For example, gNB configures the SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, MAC layer entity, and RLC layer at the access network for the DRB of PDU session 2. The entity, the PHY layer entity, allocates downlink user plane channel information (including the port IP address at the gNB, GTP-TEID, etc.) for the PDU session 2. It should be understood that it is not excluded that the gNB does not reconfigure the SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, MAC layer entity, RLC layer entity, etc. at the access network for the DRB of PDU session 2.
在一些实施例中,由于PDU会话2的数据与PDU会话1的数据可以进行直传,PDU会话2的DRB可以共用PDU会话1的DRB的接入网处的SDAP层实体、PDCP层实体、MAC层实体、RLC层实体等。示例性的,gNB可以为PDU会话2的DRB和PDU会话1的DRB分配相同的SDAP层实体、PDCP层实体、MAC层实体、RLC层实体等。或者,gNB可以将为PDU会话1的DRB的接入网处的SDAP层实体、PDCP层实体、MAC层实体、RLC层实体等资源分配给PDU会话2的DRB。In some embodiments, since the data of PDU session 2 and the data of PDU session 1 can be directly transmitted, the DRB of PDU session 2 can share the SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, and MAC at the access network of the DRB of PDU session 1. Layer entity, RLC layer entity, etc. Exemplarily, the gNB may allocate the same SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, MAC layer entity, RLC layer entity, etc., to the DRB of PDU session 2 and the DRB of PDU session 1. Alternatively, the gNB may allocate resources such as SDAP layer entity, PDCP layer entity, MAC layer entity, and RLC layer entity at the access network of the DRB of PDU session 1 to the DRB of PDU session 2.
S1406,gNB向UE2发送RRC连接重配置(RRC Connection Reconfiguration)信令,该RRC Connection Reconfiguration信令可以携带gNB为PDU会话2配置的PDU会话资源的参数(如接入网处SDAP参数、PDCP参数、MAC参数、RLC参数、PHY层参数等)、指示信息。其中,指示信息中可以包括第一信息,或者可以包括第一信息和第二信息。S1406: The gNB sends RRC Connection Reconfiguration signaling to UE2. The RRC Connection Reconfiguration signaling can carry the parameters of the PDU session resource configured by the gNB for PDU session 2 (such as SDAP parameters, PDCP parameters, MAC parameters, RLC parameters, PHY layer parameters, etc.), indication information. Wherein, the indication information may include the first information, or may include the first information and the second information.
S1407,UE2收到RRC连接重配置(RRC Connection Reconfiguration)信令后,为PDU会话2配置PDU会话资源(如,UE2为PDU会话2配置终端处的DRB的SDAP、PDCP、MAC实体的配置等)。S1407: After UE2 receives the RRC Connection Reconfiguration signaling, it configures PDU session resources for PDU session 2 (for example, UE2 configures the configuration of the DRB's SDAP, PDCP, and MAC entities at the terminal for PDU session 2) .
S1408,配置完成后,UE2向gNB发送RRC连接重配置完成(RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete)信令,以向gNB反馈PDU会话资源配置完成情况,并按照指示信息等待接收由gNB直传的UE1发送的数据。S1408: After the configuration is completed, UE2 sends the RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete signaling to the gNB to feedback the completion of the PDU session resource configuration to the gNB, and waits to receive the data sent by the UE1 directly transmitted by the gNB according to the instructions. .
S1409,gNB向AMF发送PDU会话资源设置响应(PDU Session Resource Setup Response)信令,以向AMF反馈PDU会话资源配置完成情况。S1409: The gNB sends a PDU Session Resource Setup Response (PDU Session Resource Setup Response) signaling to the AMF to feed back the completion of the PDU session resource configuration to the AMF.
在具体实施中,对于可在gNB处进行数据直接转发的PDU会话2,gNB可以不向AMF反馈为PDU会话2分配的下行用户面通道信息(NG-U DL UP Transport Layer Information)。当然,对于在gNB可以进行数据直接转发的PDU会话2,gNB可以向AMF反馈为PDU会话2分配的下行用户面通道信息。从而UE1和UE2在gNB处进行数据直接转发失败时,UE1的用户面数据可以经由gNB-核心网网元-DN-核心网网元-gNB,然后由gNB转发给UE2,以可以提高数据传输的成功率。In a specific implementation, for the PDU session 2 in which data can be directly forwarded at the gNB, the gNB may not feed back the downlink user plane channel information (NG-UDL UP Transport Layer Information) allocated for the PDU session 2 to the AMF. Of course, for PDU session 2 in which the gNB can directly forward data, the gNB can feed back the downlink user plane channel information allocated for PDU session 2 to the AMF. Therefore, when UE1 and UE2 fail to directly forward data at the gNB, the user plane data of UE1 can be forwarded to UE2 via gNB-core network element-DN-core network element-gNB, and then forwarded by gNB to UE2, so as to improve data transmission. Success rate.
S1410,核心网网元(如AMF、UPF等)更新指示信息。S1410: Core network elements (such as AMF, UPF, etc.) update instruction information.
在具体实施中,对于在gNB可以进行数据直接转发的PDU会话1,AMF可以释放已为该PDU会话1分配的相应的NG口的上行用户面通道信息(NG UL UP Transport Layer Information)。当然,对于在gNB可以进行数据直接转发的PDU会话1,AMF可以不释放已为该PDU会话1分配的相应的NG口的上行用户面通道信息(NG UL UP Transport Layer Information)。从而UE1和UE2在gNB处进行数据直接转发失败时,UE1的用户面数据可以经由gNB-核心网网元-DN-核心网网元-gNB,然后由gNB转发给UE2,以可以提高数据传输的成功率。In a specific implementation, for the PDU session 1 in which data can be directly forwarded in the gNB, the AMF can release the uplink user plane channel information (NG UL UP Transport Layer Information) of the corresponding NG port allocated for the PDU session 1. Of course, for the PDU session 1 in which data can be directly forwarded in the gNB, the AMF may not release the uplink user plane channel information (NG UL UP Transport Layer Information) of the corresponding NG port allocated for the PDU session 1. Therefore, when UE1 and UE2 fail to directly forward data at the gNB, the user plane data of UE1 can be forwarded to UE2 via gNB-core network element-DN-core network element-gNB, and then forwarded by gNB to UE2, so as to improve data transmission. Success rate.
S1411,AMF向gNB发送PDU会话资源修改请求(PDU Session Resource Modify Request),该PDU会话资源修改请求可以携带更新后的指示信息。S1411: The AMF sends a PDU Session Resource Modify Request (PDU Session Resource Modify Request) to the gNB. The PDU Session Resource Modify Request may carry updated indication information.
在具体实施中,gNB可以根据更新后的指示信息更改gNB处已经配置的PDU会话资源。In a specific implementation, the gNB can change the PDU session resources that have been configured at the gNB according to the updated indication information.
S1412,gNB向UE1发送RRC连接重配置(RRC Connection Reconfiguration),该RRC连接重配置可以携带更新后的指示信息。S1412: The gNB sends an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRC Connection Reconfiguration) to the UE1, and the RRC connection reconfiguration may carry updated indication information.
S1413,UE1向gNB发送RRC连接重配置完成(RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete),告知gNB UE1收到更新后的指示信息。S1413: UE1 sends an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete (RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete) to gNB, notifying gNB that UE1 has received updated indication information.
UE1在接收到指示信息后,可以根据指示信息通过gNB向UE2发送数据,示例性的,UE1在通过gNB向UE2发送用户面数据时,可以不用在发送的用户面数据的包头处添加UE2的第一标识和/或第二参数。通过这种方式,可以降低UE1打包数据的复杂度,从而可以降低数据传输的时延。After UE1 receives the instruction information, it can send data to UE2 through gNB according to the instruction information. Exemplarily, when UE1 sends user plane data to UE2 through gNB, it does not need to add UE2's header to the header of the user plane data sent. An identification and/or a second parameter. In this way, the complexity of UE1's data package can be reduced, thereby reducing the time delay of data transmission.
S1414,gNB向AMF发送PDU会话资源修改响应(PDU Session Resource Modify Response)。S1414: The gNB sends a PDU Session Resource Modify Response (PDU Session Resource Modify Response) to the AMF.
在一种可能的实施例中,针对步骤1402,对于IAB架构,IAB node向IAB donor发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示IAB节点是否支持local switch(数据直接转发),例如IAB node可以在和IAB donor建立连接时发送该指示信息,或者,例如IAB node可以在msg1/msg3/msg5或者后续的UL RRC消息中发送该指示信息。示例性地,如表1所示。In a possible embodiment, for step 1402, for the IAB architecture, the IAB node sends indication information to the IAB donor. The indication information is used to indicate whether the IAB node supports local switch (direct data forwarding). For example, the IAB node can be in and The IAB donor sends the indication information when the connection is established, or, for example, the IAB node may send the indication information in msg1/msg3/msg5 or subsequent UL RRC messages. Exemplarily, as shown in Table 1.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2019120440-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019120440-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019120440-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019120440-appb-000002
在一种可能的实施例中,针对步骤1402,对于CU-DU架构,gNB-DU告知gNB-CU自己是否支持数据直接转发,例如gNB-DU可以在和gNB-CU建立F1接口时告知(例如F1 setup request消息),也可以在配置更新时发送该指示信息(例如gNB-DU Configuration Update消息)。In a possible embodiment, for step 1402, for the CU-DU architecture, gNB-DU informs gNB-CU whether it supports direct data forwarding. For example, gNB-DU can notify when establishing F1 interface with gNB-CU (e.g. F1 setup request message), the indication information (for example, gNB-DU Configuration Update message) can also be sent when the configuration is updated.
如图15所示,以无线接入网设备为集中式架构的gNB为例,对建立数据直接转发通道的过程进行具体详细描述。As shown in FIG. 15, taking a gNB with a centralized architecture as a radio access network device as an example, the process of establishing a direct data forwarding channel will be described in detail.
场景一:第一终端设备和第二终端设备在同一无线接入网设备覆盖范围内。Scenario 1: The first terminal device and the second terminal device are within the coverage area of the same wireless access network device.
本申请实施例提供的建立数据直接转发通道可以如图15所示。The establishment of a direct data forwarding channel provided by the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 15.
S1501,UE1(即第一终端设备)发起PDU会话建立请求。S1501: UE1 (that is, the first terminal device) initiates a PDU session establishment request.
在具体实施中,例如UE1通过PDU session establishment request(PDU会话建立请求)消息发起PDU会话建立请求,在该消息中携带QoS index或者UE group ID,此外,还可以携带目的节点(即UE2)的第一标识。In a specific implementation, for example, UE1 initiates a PDU session establishment request through a PDU session establishment request (PDU session establishment request) message, and the message carries the QoS index or UE group ID. In addition, it can also carry the first destination node (ie UE2). One logo.
S1502,无线接入网设备(即图中的gNB)向核心网设备(如AMF、SMF、UPF等网元)发送指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。所述指示消息中包含local switch supported信元或者local switch信元。S1502: The radio access network device (ie, the gNB in the figure) sends an indication message to the core network device (such as AMF, SMF, UPF, etc. network elements), where the indication message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding. The indication message includes a local switch supported cell or a local switch cell.
需要说明的是,S1502也可以发生在S1501之前,也就是该指示信息携带在接口建立或者更新的时候发送的消息中。It should be noted that S1502 may also occur before S1501, that is, the indication information is carried in the message sent when the interface is established or updated.
具体步骤可以参见图14中的步骤1402。For specific steps, refer to step 1402 in FIG. 14.
S1503,AMF根据PDU会话建立请求中的QoS index或者UE group ID查询与之对应的QoS参数。S1503: The AMF queries the corresponding QoS parameters according to the QoS index or the UE group ID in the PDU session establishment request.
除此之外,核心网设备(如AMF、SMF、UPF等网元)还可以根据PDU会话建立请 求携带目的节点的地址或标识,确定目的节点在哪个gNB覆盖范围内,如果当前目的节点不在线,那么AMF需要发起寻呼流程。另外,核心网设备(如AMF、SMF、UPF等网元)根据指示信息,确定UE1与UE2(即第二终端设备)能够在无线接入网设备(gNB)处进行数据直接转发。In addition, core network equipment (such as AMF, SMF, UPF and other network elements) can also carry the address or identifier of the destination node according to the PDU session establishment request to determine which gNB coverage area the destination node is in. If the current destination node is not online , Then AMF needs to initiate a paging process. In addition, core network devices (such as network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, etc.) determine that UE1 and UE2 (that is, the second terminal device) can directly forward data at the radio access network device (gNB) according to the instruction information.
S1504,AMF给gNB发送PDU session request消息,里面包含PDU session ID,UE1address,UE2的第一标识,QoS requirement以及NAS消息。S1504. The AMF sends a PDU session request message to the gNB, which contains the PDU session ID, UE1 address, the first identifier of UE2, QoS requirement, and NAS messages.
S1505,gNB将所述NAS消息转发给UE1。gNB还将给UE1发送DRB配置信息。其中DRB配置信息和NAS消息可能被包含在同一条RRC消息中。S1505: The gNB forwards the NAS message to UE1. The gNB will also send DRB configuration information to UE1. The DRB configuration information and the NAS message may be included in the same RRC message.
S1506,AMF给UE2发送NAS消息,NAS消息中包含PDU session ID,UE1的第一标识,以及产生session key所需的参数,例如UE1的KAMF/KgNB,counter等。AMF给UE2的NAS消息可能和AMF给UE1的NAS消息放在同一条给gNB的PDU session request消息中。即PDU session request消息中包含PDU session ID,UE1的第一标识,UE2的第一标识,QoS requirement,NAS for UE1,NAS for UE2等。S1506. The AMF sends a NAS message to UE2. The NAS message includes the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, and the parameters required to generate the session key, such as KAMF/KgNB of UE1, counter, etc. The NAS message from AMF to UE2 may be placed in the same PDU session request message to gNB as the NAS message from AMF to UE1. That is, the PDU session request message contains the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, the first identifier of UE2, QoS requirement, NAS for UE1, NAS for UE2, and so on.
S1507,gNB还向UE2发送DRB配置信息。其中DRB配置信息和NAS消息可能被包含在同一条RRC消息中。S1507: The gNB also sends DRB configuration information to UE2. The DRB configuration information and the NAS message may be included in the same RRC message.
场景二:第一终端设备和第二终端设备在不同的无线接入网设备覆盖范围内。Scenario 2: The first terminal device and the second terminal device are in the coverage areas of different wireless access network devices.
本申请实施例提供的建立数据直接转发通道可以如图16所示。The establishment of the direct data forwarding channel provided by the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 16.
S1601,UE1(即第一终端设备)发起PDU会话建立请求。S1601: UE1 (that is, the first terminal device) initiates a PDU session establishment request.
具体步骤可以参见图15中的S1501。For specific steps, refer to S1501 in FIG. 15.
S1602,第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备(即图中的gNB1和gNB2)向核心网设备(如AMF、SMF、UPF等网元)发送指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示支持数据直接转发。S1602: The first radio access network device and the second radio access network device (i.e. gNB1 and gNB2 in the figure) send instruction messages to core network devices (such as network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, etc.), where the instruction messages are used Instructed to support direct data forwarding.
具体步骤可以参见图15中的S1502。For specific steps, refer to S1502 in FIG. 15.
S1603,AMF根据PDU会话建立请求中的QoS index或者UE group ID查询与之对应的QoS参数。S1603: The AMF queries the corresponding QoS parameters according to the QoS index or the UE group ID in the PDU session establishment request.
具体步骤可以参见图15中的S1503。For specific steps, refer to S1503 in FIG. 15.
S1604,AMF给gNB发送PDU session request消息,里面包含PDU session ID,UE1的第一标识,UE2的第一标识,QoS requirement以及NAS消息。另外,AMF还需要向gNB1发送UE2对应的gNB2的标识或小区标识。以便于当gNB1收到来自于UE1的数据包时,确定往哪个gNB转发。可选地,AMF也可以将gNB1的标识发送至gNB2。S1604. The AMF sends a PDU session request message to the gNB, which contains the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, the first identifier of UE2, the QoS requirement, and the NAS message. In addition, the AMF also needs to send the identity or cell identity of the gNB2 corresponding to UE2 to gNB1. So that when gNB1 receives a data packet from UE1, it determines which gNB to forward to. Optionally, the AMF may also send the identity of gNB1 to gNB2.
S1605,gNB将所述NAS消息转发给UE1。gNB还将给UE1发送DRB配置信息。其中DRB配置信息和NAS消息可能被包含在同一条RRC消息中。S1605: The gNB forwards the NAS message to UE1. The gNB will also send DRB configuration information to UE1. The DRB configuration information and the NAS message may be included in the same RRC message.
S1606,AMF给gNB2发送PDU session setup,里面包含PDU session ID,UE1的第一标识,UE2的第一标识,QoS requirement以及给UE2的NAS消息。S1606. The AMF sends a PDU session setup to gNB2, which includes the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, the first identifier of UE2, the QoS requirement, and the NAS message to UE2.
步骤1607,gNB2将NAS消息转发给UE2,里面包含PDU session ID,UE1的第一标识以及如实施例一所示的产生session key所必须的参数。Step 1607, gNB2 forwards the NAS message to UE2, which contains the PDU session ID, the first identifier of UE1, and the parameters necessary for generating the session key as shown in the first embodiment.
步骤1608,gNB2将DRB配置信息发送给UE2。Step 1608, gNB2 sends DRB configuration information to UE2.
在一种可能的实施例中,对于UE1与一组UE2进行通信的情况,本申请实施例中可以将上述实施例中UE2替换为UE2群组。示例性地,UE1发起PDU会话建立流程,里面 包含UE2群组标识,gNB收到AMF发送的包含UE2群组标识的PDU会话建立指示,gNB在广播UE group对应的组播信道配置参数,gNB给UE1对应的DRB配置(包含对应的LCID)。当gNB为UE1建立了slice ID(或UE Group)对应的组播信道时,当gNB收到UE1在所述LCID发送来的数据后,直接通过slice(或UE group)对应的组播信道进行组播。当gNB为UE1建立了slice ID对应的DRB时,只有当gNB收到UE1在所述LCID发送来的数据中包含UE group ID或者组播指示时,gNB才通过slice(或UE group)对应的组播信道进行组播。In a possible embodiment, for the case where UE1 communicates with a group of UE2, in the embodiment of the present application, UE2 in the foregoing embodiment may be replaced with a UE2 group. Exemplarily, UE1 initiates the PDU session establishment process, which contains the UE2 group identifier, and the gNB receives the PDU session establishment instruction containing the UE2 group identifier sent by the AMF. The gNB broadcasts the multicast channel configuration parameters corresponding to the UE group, and the gNB gives The DRB configuration corresponding to UE1 (including the corresponding LCID). When the gNB establishes the multicast channel corresponding to the slice ID (or UE Group) for the UE1, when the gNB receives the data sent by the UE1 in the LCID, it directly groups through the multicast channel corresponding to the slice (or UE group) broadcast. When the gNB establishes the DRB corresponding to the slice ID for the UE1, only when the gNB receives the UE1 group ID or multicast indication in the data sent by the LCID, the gNB passes the slice (or UE group) corresponding group Broadcast channel for multicast.
基于与图9所示方法实施例的同一发明构思,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,通信装置具体可以用于实现图9所述的实施例中无线接入网设备执行的方法,该装置可以是无线接入网设备本身,也可以是无线接入网设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。该通信装置的结构可以如图17所示。该装置包括:收发单元1701、处理单元1702。Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be specifically used to implement the method executed by the radio access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. It can be the radio access network device itself, or it can be a chip or a chip set or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions in the radio access network device. The structure of the communication device may be as shown in FIG. 17. The device includes: a transceiver unit 1701 and a processing unit 1702.
其中,收发单元1701,用于接收来自终端设备的建立请求消息,该建立请求消息用于请求建立DRB,其中该建立请求消息中包括用于建立DRB的参数。The transceiving unit 1701 is configured to receive an establishment request message from a terminal device, the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB, and the establishment request message includes parameters for establishing the DRB.
处理单元1702,用于根据该参数确定DRB的QoS参数。然后无线接入网设备向终端设备发送建立响应消息,该建立响应消息用于指示DRB成功建立。The processing unit 1702 is configured to determine the QoS parameter of the DRB according to the parameter. Then the radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
收发单元1701还用于向终端设备发送建立响应消息,该建立响应消息用于指示DRB成功建立。The transceiver unit 1701 is further configured to send an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
一种实现方式中,收发单元1701还用于向终端设备发送消息,该消息用于指示无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。这样,终端设备才向无线接入网设备发送请求建立DRB的建立请求消息。以便于实现用户面数据可以在该支持无线接入网设备处进行数据直接转发。In an implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1701 is further configured to send a message to the terminal device, and the message is used to indicate that the wireless access network device supports direct data forwarding. In this way, the terminal device sends the establishment request message requesting the establishment of the DRB to the radio access network device. In order to realize that the user plane data can be directly forwarded at the device supporting the wireless access network.
一种实现方式中,处理单元1702,用于从核心网设备获取与用于确定DRB的参数对应的QoS参数。其中用于确定DRB的参数可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。例如,基站预先从核心网设备获取网络切片标识或者UE组标识对应的QoS参数,这样基站就可以在用户面数据传输过程中保证数据的QoS需求。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 1702 is configured to obtain QoS parameters corresponding to the parameters used to determine the DRB from the core network device. The parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters. For example, the base station obtains the QoS parameters corresponding to the network slice identifier or the UE group identifier from the core network device in advance, so that the base station can guarantee the QoS requirements of the data during the user plane data transmission process.
需要说明的是,图9所示的通信方法的实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再重复赘述。It should be noted that all relevant content of the steps involved in the embodiment of the communication method shown in FIG. 9 can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
基于与图10所示方法实施例的同一发明构思,图17中通信装置可以用于实现图10所述的实施例中终端设备执行的方法,该装置可以是终端设备本身,也可以是终端设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。该装置包括:收发单元1703、处理单元1704。Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10, the communication device in FIG. 17 can be used to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the embodiment described in FIG. 10. The device may be the terminal device itself or the terminal device. The chip or chipset or part of the chip used to perform related method functions. The device includes: a transceiver unit 1703 and a processing unit 1704.
处理单元1704,用于获取QoS参数,建立与QoS参数对应的DRB。The processing unit 1704 is configured to obtain QoS parameters and establish DRBs corresponding to the QoS parameters.
收发单元1703,用于向无线接入网设备发送建立请求消息,该建立请求消息用于请求建立DRB,其中该建立请求消息中包括用于建立DRB的参数。The transceiver unit 1703 is configured to send an establishment request message to the radio access network device, where the establishment request message is used to request the establishment of a DRB, and the establishment request message includes parameters for establishing the DRB.
收发单元1703,还用于接收无线接入网设备发送的建立响应消息,该建立响应消息用于指示DRB成功建立。The transceiver unit 1703 is further configured to receive an establishment response message sent by the wireless access network device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
一种实现方式中,收发单元1703,还用于从无线接入网设备接收消息,该消息用于指 示无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发,该消息可以是RRC消息,也可以是广播消息。In one implementation, the transceiving unit 1703 is also used to receive a message from the radio access network device. The message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding. The message may be an RRC message or a broadcast message.
一种实现方式中,处理单元1704,用于可以预先从核心网络设备获取QoS参数和用于确定DRB的参数之间的对应关系。其中,用于确定DRB的参数可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 1704 is configured to obtain the correspondence between the QoS parameter and the parameter used to determine the DRB from the core network device in advance. Wherein, the parameter used to determine the DRB may include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, QFI, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
需要说明的是,图9所示的通信方法的实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再重复赘述。It should be noted that all relevant content of the steps involved in the embodiment of the communication method shown in FIG. 9 can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
基于与图10所示方法实施例的同一发明构思,图18中通信装置可以用于实现图10所述的实施例中无线接入网设备执行的方法,该装置可以是无线接入网设备本身,也可以是无线接入网设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10, the communication device in FIG. 18 can be used to implement the method performed by the radio access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and the device may be the radio access network device itself. It can also be a chip or a chip set or a part of a chip used to perform related method functions in a wireless access network device.
收发单元1801,用于接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据。该用户面数据是第一终端设备发送给第二终端设备的,该用户面数据包括第二终端设备的标识。The transceiver unit 1801 is configured to receive user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB. The user plane data is sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, and the user plane data includes the identifier of the second terminal device.
处理单元1802,用于根据第二终端设备的标识确定第二DRB。The processing unit 1802 is configured to determine the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device.
收发单元1801,还用于通过第二DRB向第二终端设备直接转发该用户面数据。The transceiver unit 1801 is further configured to directly forward the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
一种实现方式中,在收发单元1801接收第一终端设备在第一DRB上发送的用户面数据之前,收发单元1801可以向第一终端设备和第二终端设备,以及核心网设备发送第三消息,该第三消息可以是RRC消息,也可以是广播消息,该第三消息用于指示用户面数据可以在该无线接入网设备处的数据直接转发。上述设计中,无线接入网设备可以建立数据直接转发通道,即DRB,从而可以提高建立数据直接转发通道的准确性,进而可以提高接入网处数据直接转发的准确性。In one implementation, before the transceiver unit 1801 receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device on the first DRB, the transceiver unit 1801 may send a third message to the first terminal device, the second terminal device, and the core network device. The third message may be an RRC message or a broadcast message, and the third message is used to indicate that the user plane data can be directly forwarded on the data at the radio access network device. In the above design, the radio access network device can establish a direct data forwarding channel, that is, a DRB, so that the accuracy of establishing a direct data forwarding channel can be improved, and the accuracy of direct data forwarding at the access network can be improved.
一种实现方式中,用户面数据还包括用于确定第二DRB的参数;处理单元1802,用于根据终端的标识和参数确定第二DRB。其中,用于确定第二DRB的参数包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、服务质量数据流的流标识QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。In an implementation manner, the user plane data further includes parameters for determining the second DRB; the processing unit 1802 is configured to determine the second DRB according to the identifier and parameters of the terminal. The parameters used to determine the second DRB include at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, a flow identifier QFI of a quality of service data stream, QoS index information, or QoS parameters.
一种实现方式中,收发单元1801在向第二终端设备发送用户面数据之前,处理单元1802将用户面数据中的第二终端设备的标识删除,或者将第二终端设备的标识和参数删除,再将处理后的用户面数据发送至第二终端设备,这样可以节省空口开销。In one implementation, before the transceiver unit 1801 sends the user plane data to the second terminal device, the processing unit 1802 deletes the identifier of the second terminal device in the user plane data, or deletes the identifier and parameters of the second terminal device, The processed user plane data is then sent to the second terminal device, which can save air interface overhead.
一种实现方式中,收发单元1801接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据之前,收发单元1801向无线接入设备发送用于请求建立第一DRB的建立请求消息,收发单元1801确定与第一DRB和第一QoS参数后,还向第一终端设备发送第一建立响应消息,该第一建立响应消息用于指示第一DRB成功建立。In an implementation manner, before the transceiver unit 1801 receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, the transceiver unit 1801 sends an establishment request message for requesting the establishment of the first DRB to the wireless access device, and the transceiver unit 1801 determines After the first DRB and the first QoS parameter, a first establishment response message is also sent to the first terminal device, where the first establishment response message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established.
需要说明的是,图10所示的数据传输方法的实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再重复赘述。It should be noted that all relevant content of each step involved in the embodiment of the data transmission method shown in FIG. 10 can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
基于与图12所示方法实施例的同一发明构思,本申请实施例提供一种第一通信装置和第二通信装置,第一通信装置具体可以用于实现图12所述的实施例中第一无线接入网设备无线执行的方法,该第二通信装置具体可以用于实现图12所述的实施例中第二无线接入网设备无线执行的方法,该第一通信装置可以是第一无线接入网设备本身,也可以是第一无线接入网设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分,该第二通信装置可以是第二无线接入网设备本身,也可以是第二无线接入网设备中的芯片或芯片 组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。该通信装置的结构可以如图19所示。该第一装置包括:收发单元1901、处理单元1902。该第二通信装置包括:收发单元1903、处理单元1904。Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12, the embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device and a second communication device. The first communication device may be specifically used to implement the first communication device in the embodiment shown in FIG. The method for wireless execution by a wireless access network device, the second communication device may be specifically used to implement the method for wireless execution by the second wireless access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, and the first communication device may be a first wireless device. The access network device itself may also be a chip or a chip set or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions in the first wireless access network device. The second communication device may be the second wireless access network device itself, It may also be a chip or a chip set or a part of the chip used to perform related method functions in the second radio access network device. The structure of the communication device may be as shown in FIG. 19. The first device includes: a transceiver unit 1901 and a processing unit 1902. The second communication device includes: a transceiver unit 1903 and a processing unit 1904.
其中,收发单元1901,用于接收第一终端设备通过第一无线数据承载DRB发送的用户面数据,所述用户面数据包括第二终端设备的标识。The transceiving unit 1901 is configured to receive user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first wireless data bearer DRB, where the user plane data includes the identifier of the second terminal device.
处理单元1902,用于根据第二终端设备的标识,确定第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备。The processing unit 1902 is configured to determine, according to the identifier of the second terminal device, that the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device.
收发单元1901,还用于向第二无线接入网设备发送用户面数据,该用户面数据用于发送至第二终端设备。The transceiver unit 1901 is further configured to send user plane data to the second wireless access network device, and the user plane data is used to send to the second terminal device.
收发单元1903,用于从第一无线接入网设备接收该用户面数据。The transceiver unit 1903 is configured to receive the user plane data from the first wireless access network device.
处理单元1904,用于根据第二终端设备的标识确定第二DRB;然后收发单元1903通过第二DRB向所述第二终端设备发送所述用户面数据。The processing unit 1904 is configured to determine the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device; then the transceiver unit 1903 sends the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
一种实现方式中,收发单元1901,还用于接收第一终端设备发送的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求建立所述第一DRB;然后向第一终端设备发送请求响应消息,该请求响应消息用于指示第一DRB成功建立,其中第一DRB和第一QoS参数对应。In one implementation, the transceiver unit 1901 is further configured to receive a request message sent by the first terminal device, and the request message is used to request the establishment of the first DRB; and then send a request response message to the first terminal device, the request response The message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established, where the first DRB corresponds to the first QoS parameter.
一种实现方式中,第一终端设备发送的请求消息可以是RRC消息,该RRC消息是第一终端设备的NAS层触发RRC层产生的消息。In an implementation manner, the request message sent by the first terminal device may be an RRC message, and the RRC message is a message generated by the RRC layer triggered by the NAS layer of the first terminal device.
一种实现方式中,用户面数据还包括用于确定第二DRB的参数,处理单元1904,用于根据第二终端设备的标识和所述参数确定第二DRB。In an implementation manner, the user plane data further includes parameters for determining the second DRB, and the processing unit 1904 is configured to determine the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the parameters.
一种实现方式中,收发单元1901和收发单元1903还会向第一终端设备、第二终端设备和核心网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息指示第二无线接入网设备支持数据执行转发。In one implementation, the transceiver unit 1901 and the transceiver unit 1903 will also send a first message to the first terminal device, the second terminal device, and the core network device. The first message indicates that the second radio access network device supports data forwarding. .
需要说明的是,图12所示的数据传输方法的实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再重复赘述。It should be noted that all the relevant content of the steps involved in the embodiment of the data transmission method shown in FIG. 12 can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
图20是本申请实施例的通信装置2000的示意性框图。通信装置2000能够执行上述方法实施例中终端设备执行的各个步骤,也可以用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的执行的各个步骤,为了避免重复,此处不再详述。通信装置2000可以为终端设备,也可以为应用于终端设备中的芯片,该通信装置2000还可以为网络设备,也可以为应用于网络设备中的芯片。通信装置2000包括:FIG. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 2000 can execute each step executed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment, and may also be used to execute each step executed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here. The communication device 2000 may be a terminal device or a chip used in a terminal device. The communication device 2000 may also be a network device or a chip used in a network device. The communication device 2000 includes:
存储器2010,用于存储程序;The memory 2010 is used for storing programs;
通信接口2020,用于和其他设备进行通信;The communication interface 2020 is used to communicate with other devices;
处理器2030,用于执行存储器2010中的程序。当通信装置2000能够执行上述图9对应的方法实施例中终端设备执行的各个步骤时,所述处理器2030可以执行上述图17中处理单元1702对应的功能。当通信装置2000能够执行上述图9对应的方法实施例中接入网设备执行的各个步骤时,所述处理器2030可以执行上述图17中处理单元1702对应的功能。The processor 2030 is configured to execute programs in the memory 2010. When the communication device 2000 can execute the steps executed by the terminal device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9, the processor 2030 may execute the functions corresponding to the processing unit 1702 in FIG. 17. When the communication device 2000 can execute the steps executed by the access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9, the processor 2030 may execute the function corresponding to the processing unit 1702 in FIG. 17.
一种实现方式中,当通信装置2000能够执行图10对应的方法实施例中接入网设备执行的各个步骤时,所述处理器2030可以执行上述图18中处理单元1802对应的功能。In an implementation manner, when the communication device 2000 can execute each step executed by the access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10, the processor 2030 may execute the function corresponding to the processing unit 1802 in FIG. 18 above.
一种实现方式中,当通信装置2000能够执行图12对应的方法实施例中第一接入网设备执行的各个步骤时,所述处理器2030可以执行上述图19中处理单元1902对应的功能。In an implementation manner, when the communication device 2000 can execute each step executed by the first access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 12, the processor 2030 may execute the function corresponding to the processing unit 1902 in FIG. 19 described above.
一种实现方式中,当通信装置2000能够执行图12对应的方法实施例中第二接入网设备执行的各个步骤时,所述处理器2030可以执行上述图19中处理单元1904对应的功能。In an implementation manner, when the communication device 2000 can execute each step executed by the second access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 12, the processor 2030 may execute the function corresponding to the processing unit 1904 in FIG. 19 described above.
应理解,图20所示的通信装置2000可以是芯片或电路。例如可设置在终端设备内的芯片或电路或者设置在网络设备内的芯片或电路。上述通信接口2020也可以是收发器。收发器包括接收器和发送器。进一步地,该通信装置2000还可以包括总线***。It should be understood that the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 20 may be a chip or a circuit. For example, a chip or circuit may be installed in a terminal device or a chip or circuit may be installed in a network device. The aforementioned communication interface 2020 may also be a transceiver. The transceiver includes a receiver and a transmitter. Further, the communication device 2000 may also include a bus system.
其中,处理器2030、存储器2010、接收器和发送器通过总线***相连,处理器2030用于执行该存储器2010存储的指令,以控制接收器接收信号,并控制发送器发送信号,完成本申请通信方法中网络设备的步骤。其中,接收器和发送器可以为相同或不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时,可以统称为收发器。所述存储器2010可以集成在所述处理器2030中,也可以与所述处理器2030分开设置。Among them, the processor 2030, the memory 2010, the receiver and the transmitter are connected by a bus system, and the processor 2030 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2010 to control the receiver to receive signals and to control the transmitter to send signals to complete the communication of this application. The steps of the network device in the method. Among them, the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers. The memory 2010 may be integrated in the processor 2030, or may be provided separately from the processor 2030.
作为一种实现方式,接收器和发送器的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发专用芯片实现。处理器2030可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理器或者通用芯片实现。As an implementation manner, the functions of the receiver and transmitter may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated transceiver chip. The processor 2030 may be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor or a general-purpose chip.
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口2020、处理器2030以及存储器2010之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图20中以存储器2010、处理器2030以及通信接口2020之间通过总线连接,总线在图20中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图20中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the aforementioned communication interface 2020, the processor 2030, and the memory 2010. In the embodiment of the present application, in FIG. 20, the memory 2010, the processor 2030, and the communication interface 2020 are connected by a bus. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 20. The connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. It is not limited. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 20, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器2030可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 2030 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which can implement Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
在本申请实施例中,存储器2010可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 2010 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory). For example, random-access memory (RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中的通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置是终端设备时收发单元可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块可以是处理器,例如:中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)。当通信装置是具有上述终端设备功能的部件时,收发单元可以是射频单元,处理模块可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片***时,收发单元可以是芯片***的输入输出接口、处理模块可以是芯片***的处理器。It should be noted that the communication device in the foregoing embodiment may be a terminal device or a circuit, and may also be a chip applied to a terminal device or other combination devices or components having the functions of the foregoing terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., and the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU). When the communication device is a component with the above-mentioned terminal device function, the transceiver unit may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module may be a processor. When the communication device is a chip system, the transceiver unit may be an input/output interface of the chip system, and the processing module may be a processor of the chip system.
图21示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备的一种可能的设计结构的简化示意图。所述终端设备包括发射器2101,接收器2102,控制器/处理器2103,存储器2104和调制解调处理器2105。FIG. 21 shows a simplified schematic diagram of a possible design structure of the terminal device involved in the foregoing embodiment. The terminal device includes a transmitter 2101, a receiver 2102, a controller/processor 2103, a memory 2104, and a modem processor 2105.
发射器2101用于发送上行链路信号,该上行链路信号经由天线发射给上述实施例中所述的接入网设备。在下行链路上,天线接收上述实施例中网络设备发射的下行链路信号 (DCI)。接收器2102用于接收从天线接收到的下行链路信号(DCI)。在调制解调处理器2105中,编码器2106接收要在上行链路上发送的业务数据和信令消息,并对业务数据和信令消息进行处理。调制器2107进一步处理(例如,符号映射和调制)编码后的业务数据和信令消息并提供输出采样。解调器2109处理(例如,解调)该输入采样并提供符号估计。解码器2108处理(例如,解码)该符号估计并提供发送给终端设备的已解码的数据和信令消息。编码器2106、调制器2107、解调器2109和解码器2108可以由合成的调制解调处理器2105来实现。这些单元根据无线接入网采用的无线接入技术来进行处理。The transmitter 2101 is used to transmit an uplink signal, and the uplink signal is transmitted to the access network device described in the foregoing embodiment via an antenna. On the downlink, the antenna receives the downlink signal (DCI) transmitted by the network device in the above embodiment. The receiver 2102 is used to receive a downlink signal (DCI) received from an antenna. In the modem processor 2105, the encoder 2106 receives service data and signaling messages to be sent on the uplink, and processes the service data and signaling messages. The modulator 2107 further processes (for example, symbol mapping and modulation) the encoded service data and signaling messages and provides output samples. The demodulator 2109 processes (e.g., demodulates) the input samples and provides symbol estimates. The decoder 2108 processes (e.g., decodes) the symbol estimation and provides decoded data and signaling messages sent to the terminal device. The encoder 2106, the modulator 2107, the demodulator 2109, and the decoder 2108 can be implemented by a synthesized modem processor 2105. These units are processed according to the wireless access technology adopted by the wireless access network.
控制器/处理器2103对终端设备的动作进行控制管理,用于执行上述图9对应的实施例中由终端设备进行的处理。例如确定DRB的QoS参数,建立DRB。The controller/processor 2103 controls and manages the actions of the terminal device, and is used to execute the processing performed by the terminal device in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9 above. For example, determine the QoS parameters of DRB and establish DRB.
图22示出了一种简化的通信装置的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图22中,通信装置以网络设备作为例子。网络设备2200可包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)2210和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)2220。所述RRU 2210可以称为通信模块,与上述收发单元对应,可选地,该通信模块还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线2211和射频单元2212。所述RRU 2210部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送指示信息。所述BBU 2120部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 2210与BBU 2220可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。Fig. 22 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 22, the communication device uses a network device as an example. The network device 2200 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 2210 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU). ) 2220. The RRU 2210 may be called a communication module, which corresponds to the foregoing transceiver unit. Optionally, the communication module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 2211 and a radio frequency unit 2212. . The RRU 2210 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment. The 2120 part of the BBU is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on. The RRU 2210 and the BBU 2220 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU 2220为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理模块,可以与上述处理单元对应,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理模块)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程,例如,生成上述指示信息等。The BBU 2220 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module, which may correspond to the foregoing processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing module) may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 2220可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述BBU 2220还包括存储器2221和处理器2222。所述存储器2221用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器2222用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器2221和处理器2222可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 2220 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, or can support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The BBU 2220 also includes a memory 2221 and a processor 2222. The memory 2221 is used to store necessary instructions and data. The processor 2222 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 2221 and the processor 2222 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信***,具体的,通信***包括终端设备和网络设备,或者还可以包括更多个终端设备和网络设备。The embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system. Specifically, the communication system includes a terminal device and a network device, or may also include more terminal devices and network devices.
所述终端设备和网络设备分别用于实现上述图9、图10、图12相关设备的方法实现步骤。具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。The terminal device and the network device are respectively used to implement the method implementation steps of the above-mentioned related devices in FIG. 9, FIG. 10, and FIG. 12. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图9、图10、图12中设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the methods executed by the devices in FIG. 9, FIG. 10, and FIG. 12.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图9、图10、图12中设备执行的方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the devices in FIG. 9, FIG. 10, and FIG. 12.
本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用 于实现前述方法中终端设备和网络设备的功能。该芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。The embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the functions of the terminal device and the network device in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of the description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be Other division methods, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual communication connections may be indirect couplings or communication connections through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical, or other forms.
另外,在本申请装置实施例中的各单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the units in the device embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It is understandable that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application-specific integrated circuits. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,简称DSL)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,简称DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,SSD)等。The methods in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instruction is loaded and executed on the computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or The data center transmits data to another website, computer, server, or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, Hard disk, magnetic tape), optical medium (for example, digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD for short)), or semiconductor medium (for example, SSD), etc.
一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于发送设备或接收设备中。An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the sending device or the receiving device.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑 关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of this application, if there is no special description and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be mutually cited. The technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numerical numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the sequence number of each process mentioned above does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, this application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (34)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一无线数据承载DRB发送的用户面数据,所述用户面数据包括第二终端设备的标识;The radio access network device receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first wireless data bearer DRB, where the user plane data includes an identifier of the second terminal device;
    所述无线接入网设备通过第二DRB向所述第二终端设备直接转发所述用户面数据,所述第二DRB是根据所述第二终端设备的标识确定的。The radio access network device directly forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device through a second DRB, and the second DRB is determined according to the identity of the second terminal device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户面数据还包括用于确定第二DRB的参数;The method according to claim 1, wherein the user plane data further includes parameters for determining the second DRB;
    所述第二DRB是根据第二终端设备的标识确定的,包括:所述第二DRB是根据第二终端设备的标识和所述参数确定的。The second DRB is determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device, including: the second DRB is determined according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the parameter.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参数包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、服务质量数据流的流标识QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。The method according to claim 2, wherein the parameter includes at least one of the following information: network slice identifier, group identifier of the first terminal device, flow identifier QFI of the quality of service data flow, QoS index information, or QoS parameter.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the radio access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, the method further comprises:
    所述无线接入网设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的第一建立请求消息,所述第一建立请求消息用于请求建立所述第一DRB;Receiving, by the radio access network device, a first establishment request message sent by the first terminal device, where the first establishment request message is used to request establishment of the first DRB;
    所述无线接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一建立响应消息,所述第一建立响应消息用于指示所述第一DRB成功建立,其中所述第一DRB和第一QoS参数对应;The radio access network device sends a first establishment response message to the first terminal device, where the first establishment response message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established, wherein the first DRB and the first QoS parameter correspond;
    所述无线接入网设备接收所述第二终端设备发送的第二建立请求消息,所述第二建立请求消息用于请求建立所述第二DRB;Receiving, by the radio access network device, a second establishment request message sent by the second terminal device, where the second establishment request message is used to request establishment of the second DRB;
    所述无线接入网设备向所述第二终端设备发送第二建立响应消息,所述第二建立响应消息用于指示所述第二DRB成功建立,其中所述第二DRB和第二QoS参数对应。The radio access network device sends a second establishment response message to the second terminal device, where the second establishment response message is used to indicate that the second DRB is successfully established, wherein the second DRB and the second QoS parameter correspond.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为第一RRC消息,所述第一RRC消息是所述第一终端设备的非接入NAS层触发RRC层产生的消息;所述第二消息为第二RRC消息,所述第二RRC消息是所述第二终端设备的NAS层触发RRC层产生的消息。The method according to claim 4, wherein the first message is a first RRC message, and the first RRC message is a message generated by the non-access NAS layer of the first terminal device that triggers the RRC layer; The second message is a second RRC message, and the second RRC message is a message generated by the RRC layer triggered by the NAS layer of the second terminal device.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising:
    所述无线接入网设备向所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。The radio access network device sends a third message to the first terminal device and the second terminal device, where the third message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  7. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无线接入网设备在第二DRB上向所述第二终端设备直接转发所述用户面数据之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein before the radio access network device directly forwards the user plane data to the second terminal device on the second DRB, the method further comprises:
    所述无线接入网设备将所述用户面数据中的所述第二终端设备的标识删除。The radio access network device deletes the identifier of the second terminal device in the user plane data.
  8. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that:
    所述无线接入网设备向核心网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。The radio access network device sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  9. 根据权利要求2至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 2 to 5, characterized in that:
    所述无线接入网设备从所述核心网设备获取所述参数对应的第一QoS参数。The radio access network device obtains the first QoS parameter corresponding to the parameter from the core network device.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一无线数据承载DRB发送的用户面数据,所述用户面数据包括第二终端设备的标识;The first wireless access network device receives user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first wireless data bearer DRB, where the user plane data includes an identifier of the second terminal device;
    所述第一无线接入网设备根据所述标识,确定所述第二终端设备接入第二无线接入网设备;Determining, by the first wireless access network device, that the second terminal device accesses the second wireless access network device according to the identifier;
    所述第一无线接入网设备向所述第二无线接入网设备发送所述用户面数据,所述用户面数据用于发送至所述第二终端设备。The first radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second radio access network device, and the user plane data is used to send to the second terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入网设备接收第一终端设备通过第一DRB发送的用户面数据之前,还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein before the first radio access network device receives the user plane data sent by the first terminal device through the first DRB, the method further comprises:
    所述第一无线接入网设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求建立所述第一DRB;Receiving, by the first radio access network device, a request message sent by the first terminal device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of the first DRB;
    所述第一无线接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送请求响应消息,所述请求响应消息用于指示所述第一DRB成功建立,其中所述第一DRB和第一QoS参数对应。The first radio access network device sends a request response message to the first terminal device, where the request response message is used to indicate that the first DRB is successfully established, where the first DRB corresponds to a first QoS parameter.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息为RRC消息,所述RRC消息是所述第一终端设备的NAS层触发RRC层产生的消息。The method according to claim 11, wherein the request message is an RRC message, and the RRC message is a message generated by the NAS layer of the first terminal device that triggers the RRC layer to be generated.
  13. 根据权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, further comprising:
    所述第一无线接入网设备向所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述第一无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。The first radio access network device sends a first message to the first terminal device and the second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the first radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  14. 根据权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入网设备向所述第二无线接入网设备发送所述用户面数据之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein before the first radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second radio access network device, the method further comprises:
    所述第一无线接入网设备将所述用户面数据中的所述第二终端设备的标识删除。The first radio access network device deletes the identifier of the second terminal device in the user plane data.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入网设备向所述第二无线接入网设备发送所述用户面数据,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the sending of the user plane data by the first radio access network device to the second radio access network device comprises:
    所述第一无线接入网设备通过用户面隧道向所述第二无线接入网设备发送所述用户面数据,所述用户面隧道协议头部中包括所述第二终端设备的标识。The first radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second radio access network device through a user plane tunnel, and the user plane tunneling protocol header includes the identifier of the second terminal device.
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第二无线接入网设备从第一无线接入网设备接收用户面数据,所述用户面数据是第一终端设备发送给第二终端设备的数据,所述用户面数据包括第二终端设备的标识;The second radio access network device receives user plane data from the first radio access network device. The user plane data is data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device. The user plane data includes the data of the second terminal device. Logo
    所述第二无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识确定第二DRB;The second radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device;
    所述第二无线接入网设备通过第二DRB向所述第二终端设备发送所述用户面数据。The second radio access network device sends the user plane data to the second terminal device through the second DRB.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户面数据还包括用于确定第二DRB的参数;The method according to claim 16, wherein the user plane data further includes parameters for determining the second DRB;
    所述第二无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识确定第二DRB,包括:The second radio access network device determining the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device includes:
    所述第二无线接入网设备根据第二终端设备的标识和所述参数确定第二DRB。The second radio access network device determines the second DRB according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the parameter.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 16, wherein:
    所述第二无线接入网设备向所述第一终端设备和所述第二终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述第二无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。The second radio access network device sends a first message to the first terminal device and the second terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate that the second radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二无线接入网设备从核心网设备获取所述用于确定第二DRB的参数对应的QoS参数。The second radio access network device obtains the QoS parameter corresponding to the parameter used to determine the second DRB from the core network device.
  20. 根据权利要求17至19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用于确定第二DRB 的参数包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、服务质量数据流的流标识QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。The method according to any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein the parameter for determining the second DRB includes at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier where the first terminal device is located, and a quality of service The flow identification QFI of the data flow, QoS index information or QoS parameters.
  21. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    无线接入网设备接收终端设备发送的建立请求消息,所述建立请求消息用于请求建立无线数据承载DRB,所述建立请求消息包括用于确定所述DRB的参数;The radio access network device receives an establishment request message sent by a terminal device, the establishment request message is used to request establishment of a wireless data bearer DRB, and the establishment request message includes a parameter used to determine the DRB;
    所述无线接入网设备根据所述用于确定所述DRB的参数确定QoS参数,所述QoS参数与所述DRB对应;Determining, by the radio access network device, a QoS parameter according to the parameter for determining the DRB, where the QoS parameter corresponds to the DRB;
    所述无线接入网设备向所述终端设备发送建立响应消息,所述建立响应消息用于指示所述DRB成功建立。The radio access network device sends an establishment response message to the terminal device, where the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无线接入网设备接收终端设备发送的第一消息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein before the radio access network device receives the first message sent by the terminal device, the method further comprises:
    所述无线接入网设备向所述终端设备发送消息,所述消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。The radio access network device sends a message to the terminal device, where the message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述无线接入网设备从所述核心网设备获取与所述用于确定所述DRB的参数对应的QoS参数。The radio access network device obtains the QoS parameter corresponding to the parameter used to determine the DRB from the core network device.
  24. 根据权利要求21至23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参数包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、服务质量数据流的流标识QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。The method according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the parameter includes at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier of the first terminal device, a flow identifier QFI of a quality of service data flow, QoS index information or QoS parameters.
  25. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端设备向无线接入设备发送建立请求消息,所述建立请求消息用于请求建立DRB,所述建立请求消息包括用于确定所述DRB的参数;The terminal device sends an establishment request message to the wireless access device, where the establishment request message is used to request establishment of a DRB, and the establishment request message includes a parameter used to determine the DRB;
    所述终端设备从所述无线接入网设备接收建立响应消息,所述建立响应消息用于指示所述DRB成功建立,所述DRB与QoS参数对应,所述QoS参数是根据所述参数确定的。The terminal device receives an establishment response message from the radio access network device, the establishment response message is used to indicate that the DRB is successfully established, the DRB corresponds to a QoS parameter, and the QoS parameter is determined according to the parameter .
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备从所述无线接入网设备接收消息,所述消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备支持数据直接转发。The terminal device receives a message from the radio access network device, where the message is used to indicate that the radio access network device supports direct data forwarding.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 25, wherein:
    所述终端设备从核心网络设备获取QoS参数和所述参数的对应关系。The terminal device obtains the corresponding relationship between the QoS parameter and the parameter from the core network device.
  28. 根据权利要求25至27任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参数包括如下信息中的至少一个:网络切片标识、第一终端设备所在组标识、服务质量数据流的流标识QFI、QoS索引信息或QoS参数。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the parameter includes at least one of the following information: a network slice identifier, a group identifier of the first terminal device, a flow identifier QFI of a quality of service data flow, QoS index information or QoS parameters.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器相连,所述至少一个处理器用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises at least one processor, the at least one processor is connected to a memory, and the at least one processor is used to read and execute a program stored in the memory, so that the device executes The method of any one of claims 1-9.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器相连,所述至少一个处理器用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求10-15,或16-20任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises at least one processor, the at least one processor is connected to a memory, and the at least one processor is used to read and execute a program stored in the memory, so that the device executes The method according to any one of claims 10-15, or 16-20.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器相连,所述至少一个处理器用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序,以使得所述装置 执行如权利要求21-24,或25-28任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises at least one processor, the at least one processor is connected to a memory, and the at least one processor is used to read and execute a program stored in the memory, so that the device executes The method of any one of claims 21-24, or 25-28.
  32. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,以实现如权利要求1-28任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-28.
  33. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-28任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-28.
  34. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品在被计算机调用时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-28任一所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is called by a computer, the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 1-28.
PCT/CN2019/120440 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 Communication method and apparatus WO2021097858A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980102426.9A CN114731723A (en) 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 Communication method and device
PCT/CN2019/120440 WO2021097858A1 (en) 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/120440 WO2021097858A1 (en) 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021097858A1 true WO2021097858A1 (en) 2021-05-27

Family

ID=75981146

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/120440 WO2021097858A1 (en) 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114731723A (en)
WO (1) WO2021097858A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023036052A1 (en) * 2021-09-07 2023-03-16 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus
CN116546556A (en) * 2023-06-29 2023-08-04 中国电信股份有限公司 Data forwarding control method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN117439819A (en) * 2023-12-20 2024-01-23 深圳市胜威南方科技有限公司 PDU cabinet safety monitoring method

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024016134A1 (en) * 2022-07-18 2024-01-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1464755A (en) * 2002-06-28 2003-12-31 华为技术有限公司 Communication method between base station of radio communication system
CN101159905A (en) * 2007-11-07 2008-04-09 华为技术有限公司 Local exchange method, core network equipment and network system of implementing in base station controller
CN102612096A (en) * 2012-03-06 2012-07-25 电信科学技术研究院 IP (internet protocol) data packet transmission method and IP packet transmission equipment
EP2348699B1 (en) * 2010-01-21 2013-06-12 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (publ) Data insertion during local calls in cellular telecommunications networks

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1464755A (en) * 2002-06-28 2003-12-31 华为技术有限公司 Communication method between base station of radio communication system
CN101159905A (en) * 2007-11-07 2008-04-09 华为技术有限公司 Local exchange method, core network equipment and network system of implementing in base station controller
EP2348699B1 (en) * 2010-01-21 2013-06-12 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (publ) Data insertion during local calls in cellular telecommunications networks
CN102612096A (en) * 2012-03-06 2012-07-25 电信科学技术研究院 IP (internet protocol) data packet transmission method and IP packet transmission equipment

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023036052A1 (en) * 2021-09-07 2023-03-16 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus
CN116546556A (en) * 2023-06-29 2023-08-04 中国电信股份有限公司 Data forwarding control method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN116546556B (en) * 2023-06-29 2023-09-29 中国电信股份有限公司 Data forwarding control method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN117439819A (en) * 2023-12-20 2024-01-23 深圳市胜威南方科技有限公司 PDU cabinet safety monitoring method
CN117439819B (en) * 2023-12-20 2024-03-22 深圳市胜威南方科技有限公司 PDU cabinet safety monitoring method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114731723A (en) 2022-07-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11825385B2 (en) Method, system and apparatus for multicast session management in 5G communication network
WO2020001572A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN110383895B (en) Method for acquiring on-demand system information during handover procedure
WO2018171791A1 (en) Data transmission method, access network device, terminal and communications system
WO2021097858A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11178194B2 (en) Packet data unit session establishment method and network entity performing the same
US20190357082A1 (en) Traffic distribution method through multi-access network in a network and network entity performing the same
WO2021164564A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting multicast service
EP3758312B1 (en) Method and system for the creation of a multicast group
WO2020098747A1 (en) Transmission path configuration method and apparatus
WO2020001317A1 (en) V2x communication method, device, and system
WO2016191963A1 (en) Method for bearer establishment, user equipment and base station
WO2018127018A1 (en) Multi-link communication method and device, and terminal
WO2019154160A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022067818A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US20220408317A1 (en) Handover method and communication apparatus
CN113938840A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2013053133A1 (en) Service data transmission processing method, device and communication system
WO2019140955A1 (en) Address sending method and device and storage medium
WO2022033543A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
WO2021026706A1 (en) F1 interface management method and apparatus
WO2020001256A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
US20220182910A1 (en) Data Processing Method, Apparatus, And System
US20220210690A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, system, and storage medium
WO2021208813A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19953413

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19953413

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1